The Chatham News

        

Reporting Activities, Interest and News of the People of Chatham County


News of Chatham

Information

 

 

Kitchen Kapers

(Or 'good grief, it's suppertime again')

 

BY  MARY JOHN RESCH
 

This is my daughter Margaret’s current favorite recipe when she has to take an hors d’oeuvre to a party. She says this disappears so quickly that she usually just takes a double batch. This will be a great dish for Super Bowl Sunday.

She found this recipe on Facebook and it was fun to go there and print the recipe because it came with seven pages of rave reviews for the recipe as well as some variations that people had come up with probably depending on what they happened to have in their pantry at any given time. Someone even tried serving it over rice and loved it.

Reading the comments will give you some idea of any problems people had with the recipe and how they corrected them.

I believe when Margaret makes this she makes two separate batches rather than doubling the recipe. Margaret does not use canned chicken but cooks chicken breasts and shreds them.

 

FRANK’s REDHOT BUFFALO CHICKEN DIP

8 ounce package of cream cheese, softened

½ cup blue cheese or ranch salad dressing

½ cup FRANK’s REDHOT Original Cayenne Pepper Sauce or

    FRANK’s REDHOT Buffalo Wing Sauce

½ cup crumbled blue cheese or shredded mozzarella cheese

2 cans (12.5 ounce each) Swanson white premium chunk

   chicken breast in water, drained or 2 cups shredded cooked

   chicken

Heat oven to 350 degrees.

Place cream cheese into a deep baking dish. Stir until smooth.

Mix in salad dressing, Frank’s Red Hot sauce and the cheese. Stir in the chicken.

Bake for 20 minutes or until mixture is heated through; stir. Garnish as desired. Serve with crackers or vegetables.

 


This shrimp chowder is incredibly quick and easy to prepare and the result is a satisfying and delicious main dish soup. I would make this several hours or the night before I planned on serving it because I think the flavor is even better if you allow time for the chowder seasonings to develop.

The idea for this recipe is from Cookin’ Emerald Isle Style II, published by the Emerald Isle Chapel by the Sea. I think you would enjoy this cookbook so look for a copy the next time you visit North Carolina’s Crystal Coast. 

SHRIMP/EASY & DELICIOUS CHOWDER

1 tablespoon butter

½ medium onion, chopped

¼ cup chopped celery

1 can cream of potato soup

2 ¼ cups milk

1/8 teaspoon ground red pepper

1/8 teaspoon Old Bay seasoning or to taste

¾ pound fresh peeled shrimp

     (we cut the shrimp into smaller pieces)

2/3 cup grated Monterey Jack cheese

1/3 cup grated Cheddar cheese

Chopped fresh parsley for garnish

Melt butter in a Dutch oven over medium heat, add onion and celery and sauté for about 8 minutes or until tender. Stir in the cream of potato soup, milk, pepper and Old Bay. Bring to a boil. This will take a few minutes. Then add shrimp, reduce heat and simmer, stirring often, just until the shrimp turn pink. Stir in the shredded cheese until melted. You may serve immediately or refrigerate and serve later.

To serve: Reheat but do not boil. Garnish each serving with chopped parsley.


Mary Alice gave me this recipe a long time ago and I finally tried it late last fall. We both really enjoyed this chicken dish. It is easy to prepare but you do need to be careful to caramelize your onions – not burn them. Take your time and watch what you are doing and this should not be a problem. Any leftovers that you might have will make a very tasty sandwich later.

 

CHICKEN with CARAMELIZED ONIONS

6 cups thinly sliced onions

½ teaspoon salt

¼ teaspoon dried thyme

¼ teaspoon ground red pepper

¼ teaspoon freshly ground black pepper

½ cup low-salt chicken broth, divided

¼ cup balsamic vinegar

6 (4-ounce) skinned, boned chicken breast halves

Coat a large skillet with cooking spray and place over medium heat until hot. Add onion; cover and cook 10 minutes or until onions are deep golden in color, stirring frequently.

Combine salt, thyme, red pepper and black pepper and stir well. Sprinkle half of spice mixture over the onions. Add ¼ of the chicken broth to the onion mixture, and cook for 10 minutes, stirring frequently. Add 2 tablespoons more broth and cook until liquid evaporates, scraping bottom of the skillet with a wooden spoon to loosen the browned bits.

Repeat this procedure with the remaining 2 tablespoons of broth. Add vinegar and cook an additional 2 minutes or until most of the liquid evaporates. Remove the onion mixture from the pan; set aside and keep warm.

Rub the chicken with the remaining spice mixture. Recoat the skillet with cooking spray and place over medium-high heat until hot. Add the chicken and cook for 5 minutes on each side and until done.

Serve the caramelized onion mixture over the chicken.  


I saw this recipe for Turnips Roasted with Parmesan Cheese last winter and was anxious to try it. This was easy and the turnips had a delicious flavor that we both enjoyed. The leftovers were good, too.

TURNIPS ROASTED with PARMESAN CHEESE

(Serves 4)

2 pounds turnips (about 4 medium) peeled and cut into ½-inch

   wedges

1/8 teaspoon cayenne pepper

¼ teaspoon ground nutmeg

2 tablespoons extra virgin olive oil

¼ cup grated Parmesan cheese

Preheat oven to 475 degrees.

On a rimmed baking sheet, combine turnips, cayenne, nutmeg and olive oil. Season with sea salt and pepper to taste and toss well to coat.

Sprinkle with Parmesan and toss gently to combine.

Arrange turnips in a single layer and toast until golden on both sides, 20 to 30 minutes, flipping halfway through.


After all the rich food that a lot of us have indulged in over the last month, I thought the perfect way to start the New Year was with this recipe for Taco Soup that Gloria Lee sent me. Gloria gave a sample of the soup to a friend of hers who runs a restaurant and he thought is was so good that he was thinking about adding it to his menu. This soup is quick and easy to prepare and I think you and your family will enjoy it.

 

TACO SOUP

1 pound ground chuck

1 small onion, chopped

2 cups water

½ diced green pepper

1 16-ounce pinto beans, undrained

1 16-ounce jar medium picante sauce

1 15-ounce can tomato sauce

1 11-ounce can yellow corn with red and green bell peppers,

   undrained

1 14-ounce can tomatoes, undrained

Brown meat and onions. Add water and next 6 ingredients. Bring to a boil, reduce heat and simmer for 25-30 minutes, stirring occasionally.

Serve with tortilla chips. You could also serve with some sour cream and or cheese sprinkled on top.

Gloria said the original recipe simmered the soup for only 12 minutes but she prefers the slightly longer time but if you were in a hurry you could cut back on the simmering time.


Once again it’s time to review the year’s recipes and choose the ones that I think were especially delicious. These choices are of course subjective but they are influenced by comments that I’ve heard from you. My time frame for these selections is December 1 through November 30.

The Sticky Bun recipe is a favorite not only because it’s yummy but because it has the magic words prepare the night before and let rise overnight. You might want to butter the aluminum foil you use to cover the rolls. Also be careful to use regular butterscotch pudding mix rather than instant.

The Chicken and Corn Chili is so quick and easy to prepare. Serve this with a green salad and a small piece of corn bread and you have a perfect cold weather meal. When I prepared this, I used Great Northern Beans.

I enjoy this recipe for Special Green Peas because it really jazzes up this vegetable and uses ingredients that I almost always have on hand.

Many of you have told me how much you like this recipe for Coconut Custard Pie. This is very easy to prepare and a friend said that her husband liked it so much that he wanted it for his birthday rather than a cake.

This recipe for Old Bay Roasted Sweet Potatoes is perhaps my husband’s favorite way to prepare sweet potatoes. We make these a lot.

I make the Blueberry Oatmeal Breakfast Cake frequently. I have found that if I measure and mix the dry ingredients the night before I can easily assemble and bake this and still be on time for an 8:30 church service. I individually wrap and freeze the leftovers and they freeze beautifully. I also like this recipe because it is not extremely sweet.   

 

STICKY BUNS

20 frozen white yeast rolls (I used Rhodes white bake and serve

     yeast dinner rolls, purchased locally)

1 cup chopped pecans

1 package butterscotch pudding mix, not instant

¼ pound (1 stick) butter

1 cup brown sugar

Cinnamon to sprinkle over top of rolls

Grease a 9”x13” baking pan.

Sprinkle the chopped pecans on the bottom of the pan. Evenly space the frozen rolls on top of the pecans. You need to space the rolls so that they have room to rise. Sprinkle the dry pudding mix evenly over the rolls.

Melt the butter; mix the brown sugar in the melted butter and pour over the top of the rolls. Sprinkle a little cinnamon on top of the rolls. Loosely cover with foil and leave out overnight to rise. (Use enough foil to allow for this rising process.)

Preheat oven to 350 degrees. Place covered pan in the oven, after 10 minutes gently remove the foil and continue baking for another 20 minutes.

Remove pan from the oven and place a platter or a foil covered baking pan on top of the Sticky Bun pan and flip over, remove baking pan. Serves 20.  ENJOY!!!

 

 

CHICKEN and CORN CHILI

1 tablespoon olive oil

1 large onion, chopped

1 green pepper, cored and chopped

1 jalapeno pepper, seeded and finely chopped

1 teaspoon ground cumin

½ teaspoon coriander

2 teaspoons chili powder or more to taste

2 cups low-sodium chicken broth

1 can (14.5-ounce) diced tomatoes

1 ¼ pounds boneless, skinless chicken breasts, cut into

   bite-sized pieces

1 box (10-ounces) frozen shoe peg corn

2 cans (15-ounces each) cannellini or great northern beans,

   drained and rinsed

¾ teaspoon salt or to taste

Heat oil in a large pot over medium heat. Add onion and peppers. Cook, stirring 5 minutes. Stir in cumin, coriander and chili powder; cook 1 minute.

Stir in chicken broth and tomatoes. Bring to a simmer. Add chicken. Cover and simmer over low heat for 10 minutes or until chicken is cooked through.

Stir corn, beans and salt into the pot. Heat through. Taste and adjust seasonings.

Serve. Top individual servings with shredded cheddar cheese.

Serves 8.  

 

SPECIAL GREEN PEAS

2 cups frozen green peas, slightly thawed

½ cup chopped onion

¼ cup seeded and chopped red bell pepper

2 tablespoons butter, melted

2 cups coarsely shredded iceberg lettuce

½ teaspoon salt

¼ teaspoon freshly ground black pepper

1 teaspoon chopped fresh tarragon or ¼ teaspoon dried

  Cook peas, onion, and red pepper in butter in a large saucepan over medium-high heat, stirring constantly, for 5 or 6 minutes or until peas are crisp-tender. Reduce heat; gently stir in lettuce and remaining ingredients.

  Cover peas and simmer for 5 minutes. Remove from heat. Serve immediately.

 

COCONUT CUSTARD PIE

2 cups sugar

½ cup self-rising flour

4 eggs

1 stick oleo

2 cups milk

1 teaspoon vanilla

2 cups grated coconut

  Pour all of the ingredients but the coconut into a food processor or blender and mix. Pour this mixture into 2 9-inch greased pie pans. (This pie does not have a crust.)

  Sprinkle 1 cup of coconut on top of each pie or if you prefer add this coconut to the food processor after you have blended all the ingredients and give it one more very quick blend – you don’t want to pulverize the coconut, just mix it in.

  Bake at 250 degrees for 1 ½ hours or until lightly browned and set. Serves 16.

 

 

OLD BAY ROASTED SWEET POTATOES

3 medium sweet potatoes (about 1 ½ pounds)

1 tablespoon extra-virgin olive oil

1 ½ teaspoons Old Bay Seasoning

Preheat oven to 450 degrees.

On a rimmed baking sheet, toss 3 medium sweet potatoes, scrubbed and cut into 1-inch slices with olive oil and Old Bay seasoning. (If you think your slices are too large, halve them.)

Bake until potatoes are a deep golden brown on all sides, about 30 minutes, flipping over about halfway through the baking time. Serves 4.

 

BLUEBERRY OATMEAL BREAKFAST CAKE

1 1/3 cups flour

¾ cup quick-cooking oats

1/3 cup sugar

2 teaspoons baking powder

¼ teaspoon salt

¾ cup milk

¼ cup vegetable oil

1 egg

1 cup frozen blueberries (blueberries should be firmly frozen

   when used in baking)

 Preheat oven to 400 degrees. Grease an 8-inch round baking pan; set aside.

 In a medium mixing bowl, combine flour, oats, sugar, baking powder and salt.

 In a measuring cup, stir milk, oil and egg. Pour at once into the flour mixture. Stir just until moistened (batter will be lumpy).

 Fold in firmly frozen blueberries; spoon batter into the prepared pan. Bake until the cake is golden and pulls away from the sides of the pan, 20 to 25 minutes. Cook on a rack, 5 to 10 minutes. Serve warm. Serves 8.

 


Linda Walls, a friend of mine from Greensboro shared this recipe with me and told me that she would be baking these muffins for Thanksgiving because her family loved them. Linda said the recipe is supposed to have originated at the Swanson House in Perry, Georgia. These muffins would make a great addition to one of your holiday meals.

I have not made these myself but have made an almost identical version called cheese biscuits that added 2 cups of sharp cheddar cheese to the batter and baked them for 10 minutes at 425 degrees and they are yummy.

 

MINI MUFFINS

1 cup butter, melted

1 cup sour cream

2 cups self-rising flour or 2 cups all-purpose flour, 3 teaspoons

   baking powder and 1 teaspoon salt

(2 cups sharp cheddar cheese, grated – about 8 ounces, if you want to make cheese mini muffins)

Preheat oven to 350 degrees.

Mix all the ingredients together and spoon into greased mini muffin pans a tablespoon at a time.

Bake for 20 to 25 minutes or until the muffins are golden brown. Remove from the oven and cool for 5 minutes on wire tacks.

Can be prepared ahead and frozen for up to a month. Thaw on the counter, and reheat wrapped in foil for 10 minutes or until warmed through if desired. Also completely delicious eaten at room temperature.

If you decide to try the cheese version, bake them at 425˚ for approximately 10 minutes.


Evelyn Tidy made Chocolate Peanut Clusters which she sold at our church bazaar last month. I thought these were better than the ones that are so often sold at this time of the year and asked Evelyn if she would share her recipe. She gave made a copy of the recipe and I was surprised to find that the candy is made in a crock pot. Evelyn says the recipe was originally submitted to a newspaper that was featuring holiday recipes. The instructions are very specific and state that this recipe should be made exactly as written.

I agree with Evelyn what one of the best things about this recipe is the number of pieces of candy it yields – of course that may vary slightly depending on the size of your clusters. This recipe should definitely make your holiday preparations a little easier.

CHOCOLATE PEANUT CLUSTERS

1 16-ounce jar roasted, unsalted peanuts

1 16-ounce jar roasted, salted peanuts

1 12-ounce package semi-sweet chocolate chips

1 4-ounce bar German chocolate, broken into pieces

3 pounds (2 24-ounce packages) white almond bark, broken

   into pieces

Put ingredients into a 4 or 5 quart crock pot in EXACT order as listed. Cover and cook on low for 3 hours. DO NOT REMOVE LID! Turn off crock pot and allow mixture to cool slightly. Mixture will not be melted but will be soft. Mix thoroughly and drop by teaspoon-size cookie dropper or a teaspoon onto wax paper. Let cool thoroughly. Makes approximately 150-170 pieces.

NOTE: This candy is made best by following the recipe to the letter. Make other variations and changes at your own risk as this is the voice of experience speaking. Please take into consideration that varying the recipe may alter the quality of the finished product.


Margot Sizemore shared this recipe that a friend had given her recently. She says that these are so delicious that they are addictive. Although I have not tried these myself they certainly sound as if it would be difficult to stop after only one muffin.

They undoubtedly would be a very welcome Christmas gift for some of your friends and neighbors.

I was able to find a jar of macadamia nuts at a grocery store. If you have trouble finding this you could try substituting a different nut but you would be adding another color and you would have a slightly different flavor and consistency.    

   

WHITE CHOCOLATE & MACADAMIA NUT MUFFINS

2 cups flour

½ cup packed dark brown sugar

2 teaspoons baking powder

½ teaspoon salt

1 cup milk at room temperature

1 stick butter, melted and cooled

1 egg, at room temperature, lightly beaten

2 teaspoons vanilla extract

1 ¾ cup white chocolate chips

3 ½ ounces (scant ¾ cup) lightly salted, chopped macadamia

       nuts

¾ cup shredded toasted coconut

Position oven rack in the center of the oven and preheat oven to 400 degrees. Lightly butter twelve regular muffin cups or use paper liners and spray very lightly with cooking spray.

In a large bowl, combine flour, brown sugar, baking powder and salt. In another bowl, whisk together milk, butter, egg and vanilla. Make a well in the center of the dry ingredients. Gradually stir in the liquid ingredients just until combined. Stir in the white chocolate chips, macadamia nuts, and coconut.

Spoon batter into the prepared muffin cups, filling just barely level to the top, but not mounding.

Bake about 20 minutes, or until a light golden brown and a cake tester inserted in the center of one of the muffins comes out clean.

Transfer the muffin tins to a wire rack and cool for 5 minutes. Remove the muffins from the tin and cool completely on a rack. Serve warm or at room temperature.

Store the muffins in an airtight container. They can be frozen for up to one month.

 


You will be glad to know that Gloria Lee sent me several recipes lately because her recipes are ones that we all seem to enjoy – a batch of her Sausage Muffin recipe is almost always in my freezer.

Gloria said that a friend prepared these when they were on vacation earlier this year and that they were both delicious. They would both be very quick and easy to prepare – a real plus this time of the year. Look for Gloria’s Taco Soup Recipe in the column in January. 

   

DEBORDIEU CLAM DIP

(8 Servings)

1 4-ounce package softened cream cheese

1 tablespoon mayonnaise

1 ½ teaspoons lemon juice

¼ teaspoon salt

¼ teaspoon Worcestershire sauce

3 drops hot pepper sauce

1 8-ounce can minced clams, drained

2 tablespoons grated onion

2 teaspoons chopped parsley

Combine cream cheese, mayonnaise, lemon juice, salt, Worcestershire sauce and hot pepper sauce. Add clams, onion and parsley. Mix well.

Chill before serving with assorted crackers.

 

CHOCOLATE PEANUT BUTTER SQUARES

(Yield: 24 squares)

1 cup smooth peanut butter

1 1/3 sticks butter or margarine

2 packages Graham Crackers, finely ground

1 1/3 cups confectioners sugar

1 12-ounce bag chocolate chips

1 14-ounce can sweetened condensed milk

Spray a 9x13” pan lightly with cooking spray.

Thoroughly mix the peanut butter, butter, graham cracker crumbs, and confectioners sugar. Firmly pat into your prepared pan or pyrex dish. In a double boiler, melt the chocolate chips and add the sweetened condensed milk. Mix well. Remove from the heat and spread over the peanut butter mixture.

Cool in the refrigerator and cut into squares.

These squares may also be frozen with good results.

Yield: Approximately 24 squares but this may vary depending on how large you cut your squares.


The leading news story about this Thanksgiving seems to be the increased cost of putting the food on the table. Since that is the case you want to try to get every penny’s value out of your meal. The best way to do this is usually to make creative use of your leftovers. Here are two recipes that should help you do this.

The Turkey and Ham Tetrazzini is a version of an old favorite. If you prefer you could use more ham and a little less turkey. I personally don’t care for the olives in the dish so I don’t use those. If you make several smaller casseroles you will need to adjust your cooking time accordingly.

The Turkey Carcass Soup is the way you knew the turkey was gone in my family and if you will do this you really don’t waste anything. I’ll frequently do this with a turkey breast also. There is really nothing scientific about making this soup so be creative and use whatever you like or happen to have on hand. Because I am usually going to freeze some of this soup, I don’t put potatoes or rice in the soup because I don’t like the way they freeze and reheat. 

   

TURKEY and HAM TETRAZZINI

1 7-ounce box thin spaghetti, cooked and drained

½ cup slivered almonds, toasted

1 10-ounce can cream of mushroom soup, undiluted

1 10-ounce can cream of chicken soup, undiluted

¾ cup milk

2 tablespoons dry white wine

2 ½ cups cooked, diced leftover turkey

2 cups cooked, diced leftover ham

½ cup chopped green bell pepper

½ cup chopped sweet red bell pepper

½ cup halved pitted ripe olives (optional)

1 8-ounce package sharp shredded cheddar cheese

Rinse cooked spaghetti with cold water to maintain firmness.

Mix together almonds, both soups, milk and wine in a large bowl.

Stir in spaghetti, turkey, ham, chopped peppers and olives. Spoon into a buttered 9x13 inch baking dish or several smaller casseroles if you prefer to freeze one or two to use later.

Bake covered at 350 degrees for 35 minutes or until casserole is hot and bubbly.

Remove cover and sprinkle top of casserole with the cheese. Return to the oven for an additional 5 minutes.

 


We brined our Thanksgiving turkey last year and thought it was one of the best we had ever cooked. We used this recipe that I found in Our State magazine and I’ll use it again. If you have never tried brining a turkey, this is an easy technique and gives you a very flavorful and moist turkey. As you can see from reading this recipe it is not necessary to buy any special brining kit to do this.

   

HONEY-BRINED and ROASTED TURKEY

(Serves 10)

1 turkey, approximately 16 pounds, neck and giblets removed

6 quarts water

1 ½ cups kosher salt

1 cup honey

10 cloves garlic, peeled and smashed

20 sprigs fresh thyme

2 cups ice

2 tablespoons olive oil

Place turkey in a large clean container that fits in your refrigerator. Heat water, salt, honey, garlic, and thyme in a large stockpot set over medium-high heat. Cook until honey and salt are dissolved. Remove from the heat. Let cool to room temperature; stir in ice. Once cool, pour over your turkey and refrigerate overnight.

Move oven rack to lowest position. Remove turkey from brine. Discard brine. Pat turkey dry, and place on a nonstick roasting rack in a roasting pan. Tie drumsticks together with kitchen twine, and tuck wings under the body. Rub the turkey with olive oil and season with salt and pepper.

Roast turkey at 350 degrees until the internal temperature of a thigh registers 175 degrees on a meat thermometer, rotating the pan halfway through the roasting. Remove the turkey from the oven and tent with aluminum foil. Let stand for 30 minutes before serving. (The internal temperature will rise approximately 5 to 10 degrees.) 


A friend of mine made this Cranberry Salad last Christmas and she says that it is delicious. She thinks as well as serving this as a salad that it would also make a nice, light dessert. The colors of this salad really make you think of the holiday season. This is a great make ahead dish for either Thanksgiving or Christmas or any other time.

 

HOLIDAY CRANBERRY SALAD

(Serves 12)

2 packages (3-ounce each) raspberry gelatin

2 cups boiling water, divided

1 can (14-ounce) whole-berry cranberry sauce

2 tablespoons lemon juice

1 cup heavy whipping cream

1 package (8-ounce) cream cheese, softened

½ cup chopped pecans

In a small bowl, dissolve gelatin in 1 cup boiling water. In another bowl combine cranberry sauce and remaining water; add the gelatin mixture and the lemon juice to the cranberry mixture. Pour into a 13x9-inch dish coated with cooking spray. Refrigerate until this mixture is firm, about 1 hour.

In a large bowl, beat cream until stiff peaks form. In another bowl, beat cream cheese until smooth. Stir in ½ cup of whipped cream until stiff peaks form. In another bowl, beat cream cheese until smooth. Stir in ½ cup of whipped cream into the cream cheese; then fold the remaining whipped cream into the mixture.

Spread this over the gelatin mixture. Sprinkle with the chopped pecans. Refrigerate for at least 2 hours before serving.

 


I tried this recipe for Chicken and Corn Chili last winter. This is very quick and easy to prepare and we both enjoyed it. When I prepared this I used Great Northern Beans because they were what I had on hand and I probably will opt to use them when I make this chili again. I served this with a green salad and a small piece of corn bread – a perfect cold weather meal.

 

CHICKEN and CORN CHILI

(Serves 8)

1 tablespoon olive oil

1 large onion, chopped

1 green pepper, cored and chopped

1 jalapeno pepper, seeded and finely chopped

1 teaspoon ground cumin

½ teaspoon coriander

2 teaspoons chili powder or more to taste

2 cups low-sodium chicken broth

1 can (14.5-ounce) diced tomatoes

1 ¼ pounds boneless, skinless chicken breasts, cut into

   bite-sized pieces

1 box (10-ounces) frozen shoe peg corn

2 cans (15-ounces each) cannellini or great northern beans,

   drained and rinsed

¾ teaspoon salt or to taste

Heat oil in a large pot over medium heat. Add onion and peppers. Cook, stirring 5 minutes. Stir in cumin, coriander and chili powder; cook 1 minute.

Stir in chicken broth and tomatoes. Bring to a simmer. Add chicken. Cover and simmer over low heat for 10 minutes or until chicken is cooked through.

Stir corn, beans and salt into the pot. Heat through. Taste and adjust seasonings.

Serve. Top individual servings with shredded cheddar cheese.


This recipe was featured in an advertisement last winter and the combination of flavors intrigued me so I had to try it. I was not disappointed and I found that the flavors developed and were even better after several days in an air tight tin box. I did serve the wafers with fig jam and I also enjoyed them by themselves. I chopped the raisins in my food processor with the ¼ cup of flour and this certainly made making these easier.

 

CHEESY RANCH WAFER

(Serves 20)

1 ½ cups butter, softened

8 oz. Asiago cheese, finely shredded (2 cups)

1 ¼ cups walnuts, finely chopped

¾ cup raisins, finely chopped

½ teaspoon ground white pepper

4 cups all-purpose flour, divided

1 1.0-oz. envelope Hidden Valley Original

   Ranch Salad Dressing and Seasoning mix

Measure flour, reserving ¼ cup to use when chopping raisins.

In a very large bowl combine butter, cheese, walnuts, floured chopped raisins and white pepper. Beat with an electric mixer on medium speed until well combined. In a medium bowl stir together remaining flour and seasoning mix. Add to beaten mixture, a little at a time, beating until just combined.

Divide dough into three portions. Shape each portion into a log about 8 inches long. If desired, roll each log in black pepper to lightly coat. Wrap each log in plastic wrap and freeze for about an hour or until firm enough to slice.

Preheat oven to 350 degrees. Cut logs in ¼-inch slices. Place slices 2 inches apart on parchment paper-lined baking sheets. Bake about 10 minutes or until lightly browned. Cool on baking sheet for 2 minutes. Transfer to a wire rack and let cool. Store in tin box in a cool room.

Serve with fig jam and/or fresh fruit. 


Jean Reitzel from my Greensboro Knitting group shared her favorite shrimp recipe with us. (Jean is married to former Siler City resident Paul Reitzel.) I tried this recipe this weekend and we both enjoyed it. I thought you might like to have it now since some of you like to stock up on the fall shrimp.  

If you have extremely large shrimp you might want to halve them before assembling the casserole.

 

SHRIMP and ANGEL HAIR PASTA CASSEROLE

2 pounds shelled  and deveined raw shrimp

1 tablespoon dried parsley or a generous handful of fresh

   chopped parsley

2 eggs, lightly beaten

1 cup half and half

1 cup plain yogurt

½ cup shredded Swiss cheese

1/3 cup crumbled feta cheese

2 teaspoons chopped basil

1 teaspoon chopped oregano

9 ounces angel hair pasta, cooked

32 ounces mild thick and chunky salsa

½ cup shredded Monterey Jack cheese or enough to cover your

    dish

Preheat oven to 350 degrees. Grease a 9x13 casserole dish.

Combine parsley, eggs, half and half, yogurt, Swiss and feta cheeses, basil and oregano; mix well.

Spread half of the cooked pasta on the bottom of your prepared casserole dish. Cover with salsa. Spread with half the shrimp; cover with the remaining pasta, Spread the egg and cheese mixture over the pasta and top with the remaining shrimp.

Sprinkle the Monterey Jack cheese over the top.

Bake for 30 minutes or until lightly browned and bubbly.

 


Last winter I found this recipe for Old Bay Roasted Sweet Potatoes in Martha Stewart’s Everyday Food magazine and was anxious to try it. I couldn’t decide whether I would like the sweet potato skins. When we tried the recipe both of us thought is was one of the best ways to prepare sweet potatoes that we had tried. This recipe is truly a keeper and we will roast sweet potatoes this way often.

If you are not familiar with Everyday Food magazine it is about the size of a Reader’s Digest and I usually find several recipes in it that I want to try. I have given gift subscriptions to the magazine at Christmas and they seem to be appreciated. 

 

OLD BAY ROASTED SWEET POTATOES

(Serves 4)

3 medium sweet potatoes (about 1 ½ pounds)

1 tablespoon extra-virgin olive oil

1 ½ teaspoons Old Bay Seasoning

Preheat oven to 450 degrees.

On a rimmed baking sheet, toss 3 medium sweet potatoes, scrubbed and cut into 1-inch slices with olive oil and Old Bay seasoning. (If you think your slices are too large, halve them.)

Bake until potatoes are a deep golden brown on all sides, about 30 minutes, flipping over about halfway through the baking time.


I had clipped this recipe for an Apple Cider Pound Cake several years ago but had never tried it until last fall. I thought the cake was delicious. The flavors were really subtle – not at all overpowering. This recipe makes a nice addition to the assortment of pound cake recipes that many of us have.

APPLE CIDER POUND CAKE

(Serves 20)

3 cups sugar

1½ cups butter

6 eggs

3 cups flour

½ teaspoon salt

½ teaspoon baking powder

1 teaspoon cinnamon

½ teaspoon nutmeg

½ teaspoon allspice

¼ teaspoon ground cloves

1 cup apple cider

1 teaspoon vanilla

 

½ cup sugar

¼ cup butter

¼ cup buttermilk

½ teaspoon vanilla

¼ teaspoon baking soda

 Cream sugar and butter. Add eggs one at a time beating well after each addition. Stir together dry ingredients and set aside. Combine cider and vanilla. Add dry ingredients to batter, alternating with the cider mixture. Mix until well blended.

 Spoon into a large greased bundt pan. Bake at 325 degrees for about 1 hour 10 minutes or until cake tests done.

 Combine icing ingredients in a saucepan. Bring to a boil, reduce heat and simmer for 10 minutes. While cake is warm, drizzle 1/3 of the icing over the cake. Serve remaining icing over individual pieces.

 If you prefer, just sprinkle the cake with powdered sugar.


Brenda Gilliland shared this recipe for Tomato Soup with White Beans and Pasta with me. This is about the easiest recipe that you will ever make and it is really good. Brenda and I agreed that with this recipe you can literally have a pot of home-made soup on the table in 30 minutes.   

 

TOMATO SOUP with WHITE BEANS and PASTA

(Serves 6)

2 tablespoons olive oil

2 garlic cloves – finely chopped

¼ teaspoon dried oregano

2 15-ounce cans diced tomatoes

28 ounces of low sodium chicken broth

½ cup tubalini, elbow macaroni or other small pasta

1 15-ounce can white beans drained and rinsed – either

   cannellini  or great northern

2 tablespoons chopped fresh parsley

Heat olive oil and add chopped garlic and sauté briefly until the garlic is light golden brown – be careful because garlic will burn easily. Add oregano and stir.

Add diced tomatoes and their juices and chicken broth. Bring to a boil. Stir in pasta and cook for about 8 minutes or until pasta is al dente.

Add drained and rinsed beans and simmer for about 5 minutes.

Remove from heat and season to taste with salt and pepper.

Serve and garnish with the chopped fresh parsley. 


 

I have tried paring apples with a lot of things but had never thought of adding them to Brussels sprouts until I saw this recipe in a magazine. I tried this and we both thought is was delicious and so easy. I used Granny Smith apples when I made this. When your family eats this, even the ones who say they don’t like Brussels sprouts might change their minds.

 

ROASTED BRUSSELS SPROUTS and APPLES

½ cup diced apple

8 ounces Brussels sprouts, trimmed and quartered

2 tablespoons apple cider

2 teaspoons olive oil

1 teaspoon minced fresh thyme

¼ teaspoon salt

1/8 teaspoon freshly ground black pepper

Preheat oven to 375 degrees.

Combine apple and Brussels sprouts in an 11 x 17-inch baking dish. Add apple cider, olive oil, minced fresh thyme, salt, and freshly ground black pepper; toss well.

Bake at 375 degrees for 25 minutes or until sprouts are tender.

 


One of Alan’s sister’s favorite vegetables is butternut squash but she confessed that she probably would not prepare it if she couldn’t find it already peeled and diced in the produce section at her grocery store. In the last couple of years, I have started seeing butternut squash available like this here. I bought some last week and after looking at several recipes created this version for Spiced Butternut Squash which we enjoyed. I had enough for one meal with one serving leftover for later and a pint which I have frozen.

SPICED BUTTERNUT SQUASH

6 cups peeled and cubed butternut squash (This will yield about

   3 cups mashed)

3 tablespoons unsalted butter

¾ - 1 teaspoon sea salt

¼ teaspoon ground white pepper

½ teaspoon allspice

½ teaspoon lemon juice

2 tablespoons light brown sugar.

Wash cubes and boil or steam until just tender. Drain and mash with a potato masher. Add remaining ingredients and stir until butter is melted and sugar dissolved. Taste and adjust seasonings.

I prepared this a couple of hours before I served this and then reheated individual servings for us in the microwave. I thought this was even better after resting for a couple of hours so this is obviously a good dish to prepare in advance.


Clipped this recipe several years ago because it called for chopped peanut butter cups – a real weakness of mine. I finally made this recently for coffee hour at the church. I thought the cookie was delicious – the peanut butter flavor was very subtle which was a little bit of a surprise. Although the magazine did not recommend using generic brands of peanut butter for this recipe a friend of mine has told me that this should not be a problem. This made a big batch of cookies and I was able to freeze some for later with good results. When I serve these at church, I did have a label that identified them as containing peanut butter in case someone had a peanut allergy which can be very serious.

 

PEANUT BUTTER CUP COOKIES

(Serves 30)

1 cup butter, softened

2/3 cup peanut butter

1 cup sugar

1 cup packed brown sugar

2 eggs

2 teaspoons vanilla extract

2 ¼ cups all-purpose flour

1 teaspoon baking soda

½ teaspoon salt

2 cups semisweet chocolate chips

2 cups chopped peanut butter cups

  Preheat oven to 350 degrees.

  In a large bowl, cream the butter, peanut butter and sugars until light and fluffy. Beat in the eggs and the vanilla.

  Combine the flour, baking soda and salt; gradually add this to the creamed mixture and mix well. Stir in the chocolate chips and the peanut butter cups.

  Drop by rounded tablespoonfuls 2 inches apart onto ungreased baking sheets. Bake for 10-12 minutes or until edges are lightly browned. Cool for 2 minutes before removing to wire racks.

(Reduced-fat or generic brands of peanut butter are not recommended for this recipe.) 

 


Mary Alice sent me this recipe that a friend made for Steve’s change of command party. She said that Steve, who says that he doesn’t like potato salad, was caught going back for seconds. I am giving you the recipe as it was sent to Mary Alice with her friend’s comments.

  I know that you are going to read this recipe and think this is about the unhealthiest sounding dish that you can imagine and you are probably right, although you can alter it to make it a little more acceptable. However I think this is the kind of thing you fix to take to a covered dish supper, take a small helping and enjoy it, and then throw away the leftovers if there are any.

  You can buy shredded Colby-Monterey jack cheese. 

 

LOADED BAKED POTATO SALAD

(20 Servings)

7 pounds baking potatoes

Extra-virgin olive oil, for brushing

2 pounds bacon, cut into 1-inch pieces (I think it’s easier to cut

   before cooking)

2 sticks (1/2 pound) butter, softened

2 pints sour cream (2 large sour cream tubs is what I use)

Seasoned salt, garlic pepper to taste (I used a lot. I don’t

    measure seasoning)

1 bunch green onions, thinly sliced

Some Bacon grease added to the potato salad to taste

1 pound Colby-Monterey jack cheese, freshly shredded

  Preheat the oven to 400. Pierce the potatoes with a fork; brush with oil. Bake until tender, about 1 hour. Let cool, then cut into bite-size pieces. (I cook them the night before I am making the potato salad and cut them in the morning and then finish cooking the rest the day I am making the potato salad.)

  In a skillet, cook the bacon until crisp. Drain on paper towel. Keep some bacon grease to add to the potato salad.

  In an extra large bowl, combine the butter and sour cream; add seasoning. Stir in the potatoes, bacon, green onions and cheese and bacon grease, I think last time I added about 4 to 6 tablespoons. It just gives a better bacon taste. Serve at room temperature. It serves about 20 people.  


 I found this recipe in a free magazine the last time we went to Florida. This is definitely a different chicken salad than the one most of us are accustomed to making. It is a good one to make for a luncheon or to take to a pot luck meal. If you have a hard time finding currents right now substitute raisins. I might choose to leave out the artichokes because they are not a favorite of mine and instead, add an extra half cup of chicken.

 

MEDITERRANEAN CHICKEN SALAD

6 tablespoons olive oil

2 tablespoons plus 2 teaspoons tarragon vinegar

1 tablespoon chopped fresh tarragon

1 ½ teaspoons fresh lemon juice

1 ½ teaspoon Dijon mustard

3 cups diced cooked chicken

½ cup orzo (a rice-shaped pasta)

1 cup halved cherry or grape tomatoes

1 6-ounce jar marinated artichoke hearts, drained

½ cup coarsely chopped, pitted Kalamata olives

1/3 cup dried currants

1 ½ tablespoons drained capers

 Combine oil, vinegar, tarragon, lemon juice and mustard in a small bowl; whisk to blend. Season the dressing to taste with salt and pepper.

 Place chicken in a medium bowl. Mix in ¼ cup of the prepared dressing.

 Cook orzo in a large pot of boiling salted water until just tender but still firm to the bite. Drain. Rinse under cold water to cool; drain well.

 Transfer the orzo to a large bowl. Stir in the remaining dressing and toss to coat. Add the chicken mixture, tomatoes, drained artichoke hearts, olives, currants and capers.

 Season the salad to taste with salt and pepper and serve.


It’s the beginning of the end of the garden season but okra and peppers still seem very plentiful so this is a good time to use the vegetables for pickles or relish to enjoy this winter. Both of the recipes are old standbys at our house. The Okra Pickle recipe is one that Alan used in 1981 – I don’t know whether it is an original recipe or one that someone gave him but it is delicious. The Pepper Relish is from one of the original Pinetops United Methodist Church Cookbooks and has always been a favorite of mine.

 

PICKLED OKRA

3 ½ pounds small to medium, uniformly sized okra pods

5 cloves garlic

5 small fresh hot peppers

1 quart water

1 pint vinegar

1/3 cup pickling salt

2 teaspoons dill seed

 Place a garlic pod and a hot pepper in a pint jar and pack with okra. (I’ve found that it is easier to do this if I use wide-mouth canning jars.)

 Combine remaining ingredients and bring to a boil. Pour this mixture over the packed okra. Cap the jars.

 Process for 10 minutes in a hot water bath.

 Yield: 5 pints

 

PEPPER RELISH

12 red bell peppers

12 green bell peppers

4 onions, peeled

2 cups celery pieces

1 ½ cups sugar

2 tablespoons salt

2 cups vinegar

Some hot peppers to taste if you want it hot.

 Remove the seeds from the peppers. Grind the pepper, onion and celery or chop in a food processor. Cover with boiling water and let stand for 5 minutes.

 Drain, add salt and again cover with boiling water and let stand for 5 minutes.

 Drain, combine remaining ingredients with the pepper mixture and boil for 10 minutes.

 Pack in sterilized jars and process for 10 minutes in a hot water bath.

 


The Fresh Tomato and Basil Frittata is delicious and so easy to prepare. I made this the night before I planned to bake it so it makes meal preparation easy. As well as being a tasty breakfast I think this would also make an excellent light supper with the addition of a green salad and a fruit. I also reheated the leftovers for my lunch one day and was surprised at how good it still was. The colors of this dish are vibrant and I think that it would be a wonderful addition to a Christmas breakfast.

FRESH TOMATO and BASIL FRITATTA

(8 Servings)

1 medium tomato, chopped

¼ cup chopped fresh basil

8 ounces (2 cups) sharp Cheddar cheese, grated

4 ounces (1 cup) Monterey Jack cheese, grated

1 tablespoon flour

6 eggs, beaten

½ cup half & half

1 teaspoon Worcestershire sauce

 

  Spray a pie plate with cooking spray.

  Toss grated Cheddar with flour. Place in greased pie plate. Sprinkle grated Jack cheese over the Cheddar.

  Pour half & half into eggs, add Worcestershire sauce, mix well and pour over the cheeses. Sprinkle chopped tomato and basil over the egg mixture and bake at 350 degrees for 35 to 40 minutes or until golden and your frittata has set when jiggled.

  Can be made up to 12 hours in advance of baking. If you do this, remove from refrigerator about 45 minutes before baking.

  Yield: 8 servings


Alan and I saw this recipe on TV earlier this summer. I believe it was done by a Wake County extension agent on the WRAL early morning news broadcast. We both thought it looked delicious and we tried it with some of the first tomatoes of the season. These “breadless” Tomato Sandwiches were just delicious – I could hardly wait to have them again. These are very easy to prepare and would make a great supper or lunch dish during these endless hot summer days. I found that the sandwiches were also very filling and I did not find myself hungry two hours after I ate.

TOMATO SANDWICH (with no bread)

 

4 thick slices of ripe tomato

8 ounces cream cheese, softened

1 clove garlic, minced

chopped fresh parsley and basil to taste

¼ cup flour with a little salt and pepper added

1 egg lightly beaten with 1 tablespoon milk

1 cup panko bread crumbs

2 tablespoons olive oil

1 tablespoon butter

  Mix softened cream cheese, garlic, parsley and basil. Taste and adjust amounts of herbs to your taste.

  Spread this mixture generously on two slices of tomato and top with the other two tomato slices.

  Dredge your “sandwiches” in the flour mixture then dip in the beaten egg mixture and then coat with the panko crumbs.

  Heat olive oil and butter and sauté “sandwiches” on both sides until golden brown on each side. Serve and enjoy immediately. 


This Black Bottom Pie recipe is one that Carol from our knitting group shared. It was her grandmother’s recipe and the family had collected some of her recipes and assembled them in a cookbook that they distributed in the family. Carol said that they had to check the recipes pretty carefully because her grandmother just assumed a certain level of kitchen expertise and would leave out the chocolate in the chocolate pie for instance and told them that anyone would know that you had to put chocolate in chocolate pie! I think you could use one of the already prepared chocolate crumb crusts that are available.

BLACK BOTTOM PIE

(Serves 8)

 

2 boxes chocolate snaps

3 tablespoons melted margarine

1 pint sweet milk

3 eggs

1 ½ squares chocolate, melted

1 cup sugar

1 teaspoon vanilla

1 tablespoon cornstarch

1 ½ envelopes gelatin

  Roll snaps into crumbs and place in pan. Bake at 275 degrees for 10 minutes. Let cool completely.

  Place milk and ½ cup sugar and vanilla in the top of a double boiler.

  Bear egg yolks and cornstarch together. Pour hot milk over the eggs and return to the double boiler and cook until the mixture thickens. Soak gelatin in 1/4 cup of cold water. Dissolve in the hot custard.

  Divide the custard, add melted chocolate to half of this mixture. Let both mixtures cool.

  Beat egg white until stiff, gradually add ½ cup of sugar. Divide and fold half into each custard mixture.

  Pour the chocolate mixture into the shell. Refrigerate and allow to congeal. Then pour the cream mixture over the chocolate mixture and refrigerate again until ready to serve.

  To serve, top with whipped cream if desired.


With temperatures flirting with the 100 degree mark again this weekend you probably want to keep your meals as simple as possible. This recipe which uses the tomatoes that are in season right now is one that you and your family should like. Both of us certainly enjoy this and it’s wonderful not to have to cook that tomato sauce for the spaghetti.  

MIDSUMMER SPAGHETTI with UNCOOKED  SPAGHETTI SAUCE

(3-4 servings)

 

½ cup of extra virgin olive oil

1 ½ pounds ripe tomatoes, skinned, seeded, and chopped

2 cloves garlic, chopped

3 leaves of fresh basil, chopped (or more to taste)

Slat and pepper to taste

1 pound spaghetti or vermicelli

  Pour olive oil in a deep serving dish with the chopped tomatoes, garlic, and basil and marinate for 4 hours at room temperature. Then season to taste with salt and pepper and stir gently.

  Cook the pasta in a large amount of rapidly boiling, well-salted water until tender. Drain well.

  Add sauce and stir gently. Serve immediately.

  

 


My daughter Margaret sent me this recipe recently for Grilled Chicken with Onion Jam. Her comments describe how she came up with this recipe-my only contribution when she was telling me about it on the telephone was to insist that she write it down while she could remember it. “When one is at home with an infant, you only catch TV in 15 minute increments (or less). Yesterday Giada de Laurentis on Everyday Italian was making a pork dish inspired by a meal she had eaten at Mario Batali’s restaurant Babbo – my favorite place to eat in NYC. The dish was a grilled pork smothered with an onion “jam”. I watched the “jam” portion, but was called away during the pork so I improvised. I switched to chicken because that is what I had in the house and I concocted a marinade that I thought would match the onion jam. I also added olives because I love the contrast of sweet and salty and I love the combination of olives and orange. The end product was delicious. Jonathan thought it was one of the best dishes we’ve eaten recently! Enjoy.”

CHICKEN with ONION JAM

(Serves 4)

 

4 boneless skinless chicken breast halves

Marinade:

½ naval orange, squeeze juice & discard rest

2 tablespoons olive oil

2 tablespoons balsamic vinegar

¼ cup white wine

2 cloves garlic, minced

2 tablespoons fresh rosemary, finely chopped

Salt and pepper to taste

Onion Jam:

2 extra large sweet onions, sliced in half rings

1 tablespoon olive oil

1 tablespoon sugar

2 tablespoons balsamic vinegar

¼ cup orange marmalade

1 teaspoon dried thyme

1 tablespoon fresh rosemary, finely chopped

Salt and pepper to taste

¼ cup Kalamata olives

  Prepare marinade and add chicken breast and allow to marinate in the refrigerator for several hours.

  Slice onion and begin to sauté in a little olive oil in a medium frying pan over medium heat. Meanwhile measure and add sugar, vinegar, marmalade, thyme, rosemary, salt and pepper. Reduce heat to low and simmer for 1 ½ hours or until dark and caramelized. Add olives and heat through.

  Grill chicken over medium high. Remove from the grill and cover the resting chicken with the “Jam”. Serve warm or at room temperature.


Fresh peaches are one of the things that I enjoy most each summer. This growing season should produce an abundant crop since we did not have any late spring freezes. I have already bought fresh peaches this year and the ones that I have had are delicious.

  This weekend I went way back and reviewed some old copies of this column and found some peach recipes that are delicious and I had forgotten about them. Thinking many of you might have forgotten or lost these recipes, too, I decided to rerun some of my favorites. (I’m going to be doing this periodically this summer to give myself a semi-vacation!)

FREEZER PEACH JAM

 

5 8-oz. freezer safe containers or jelly jars with tight fitting lids

2 pounds fully ripened peaches

5 cups sugar

2 tablespoons lemon juice

1 teaspoon salt

1 teaspoon ascorbic acid mixture for fruit

1 (1 ¾ ounce package) fruit pectin

¾ cup water

  Prepare containers, washing and rinsing carefully and allowing to air dry or wash in automatic dishwasher.

 Peel, pit and cut peaches into thin slices to make 2¼ cups of fruit. Place in a large bowl. With a potato washer, thoroughly crush the peaches. With a rubber spatula, stir in the sugar, lemon juice, salt and ascorbic acid mixture until thoroughly mixed; let stand for 10 minutes.

  In a 1 quart saucepan over medium heat, heat fruit pectin and water to boiling; boil for 1 minute, stirring constantly. Stir the pectin mixture into the fruit; continue stirring for 3 minutes (no les). A few sugar crystals will remain.

  With a 1 cup liquid measuring cup, pour peach mixture into containers to ½ inch from the top. Cover with lids. Let stand at room temperature for 24 hours or until set. Freeze to use within one year, or store in the refrigerator for use within 3 weeks. Makes about five 8-ounce jars.

FRESH PEACH SALAD

 

3-ounce box lemon Jello

¾ cup hot water

¾ cup cold water

8-ounce package cream cheese, at room temperature

½ cup sugar

2 cups chopped fresh peaches – white are nice if they are

   available

2 tablespoons lemon juice

1 cup Cool Whip

  Mix and dissolve jello in boiling water. Add cold water. Cream sugar and cream cheese together. Stir into the jello mixture. Pour into a 6x10 or 8x10 pyrex dish. Chill until slightly thick. Sprinkle peaches with the lemon juice and add to the jello mixture. Fold the Cool Whip into the mixture and chill until set. Serve and enjoy.

 

PEACH MUFFINS

 

1 cup chopped fresh peaches

2 tablespoons light brown sugar

½ cup sugar

3 tablespoon butter

1 egg, separated

2 cups flour

2 teaspoon baking powder

½ teaspoon ground cinnamon

½ teaspoon grated nutmeg

1 cup milk

  Put chopped peaches in a bowl. Sprinkle with light brown sugar, put aside.

  Cream butter and sugar. Add beaten egg yolk; beat well.

  Sift dry ingredients together and add them to the butter-sugar mixture alternately with the milk.

  Beat egg white until stiff.

  Spoon peaches from the bowl with a slotted spoon and dredge in 1-2 tablespoons flour. Fold the peaches together with the egg white into the batter. Pour into greased muffin tins and sprinkle top with additional nutmeg and cinnamon mixed together.

  Bake in an oven preheated to 350 degrees for about 30 minutes or until golden brown.

  Yields about 18 regular-sized muffins. These are a favorite at our house. 


 A fourth of July tradition for a lot of people is a freezer of homemade ice cream. When I want something different from vanilla, chocolate or fresh peach sometimes I will go back to these two recipes. The recipe for the Lemon Ice Cream was featured in the old American Home magazine and the editors said that it was a recipe that Thomas Jefferson brought back from France—what could be more appropriate for this holiday. (When you grate your lemon rind be careful not to get the white part or your ice cream may be somewhat bitter.

  The Praline Ice Cream is a personal favorite of mine—yes I know that it uses uncooked eggs but I have eaten a lot of ice cream prepared this way and have never had a problem.

 

LEMON ICE CREAM

2 ¼ cups sugar

½ teaspoon salt

¼ cup all-purpose flour

3 cups milk

4 eggs, well beaten

2 teaspoons grated lemon rind

½ cup lemon juice

4 cups heavy cream

  Combine sugar, salt and flour in a heavy saucepan; gradually stir in milk. Cook over medium heat, stirring constantly until mixture thickens and comes just to boiling. Stir one half of this mixture slowly into the beaten eggs. Stir this mixture into the saucepan; cook 1 minute longer. Remove from heat and allow to cool. Add lemon rind and juice. Stir, then refrigerate and allow to chill.

  Pour lemon mixture and heavy cream into the freezer can. Continue according to your ice cream maker’s directions.

 

PRALINE ICE CREAM

3 eggs

1 ¾ cups firmly packed light brown sugar

3 cups milk

3 cups whipping cream

1 tablespoon vanilla extract

¼ teaspoon maple flavoring (optional)

1 cup chopped salted pecans

  In a large mixing bowl beat eggs until foamy. Gradually add sugar; beat until thickened. Add milk, cream, vanilla and maple flavor; mix thoroughly. Stir in pecans. Chill. Pour into the container of your ice cream freezer and proceed following manufacturers directions for your freezer. Makes about 3 quarts.


Recently I tried this recipe for Whole Wheat Blueberry Muffins and I thought they were very tasty. They are not an extremely sweet muffin but I do not object to this. If you wished you could use 2 cups of whole wheat flour rather than 1 cup of whole wheat and 1 cup of unbleached flour. If you try this recipe be sure your flour is fresh as I read recently that whole wheat flour does not have the shelf life of other flours. Also check the date on your baking powder.

  When I make muffins for the two of us I individually wrap the ones we don’t eat and put them in a zip lock bag and freeze them so I can have fresh muffins whenever we want.    

WHOLE WHEAT BLUEBERRY MUFFINS

(Serves 16)

 

1 cup whole wheat flour

1 cup unbleached flour

2 teaspoons baking powder

½ teaspoon cinnamon

½ teaspoon salt

1 egg beaten

1 cup water

3 tablespoons vegetable oil

4 tablespoons honey

1½ cups fresh or frozen (dry pack) blueberries

  Preheat oven to 375 degrees.

  Grease or line muffins tins.

  Mix flour, baking powder, cinnamon and salt.

  Stir together egg, water, oil and honey. Add to dry ingredients and stir together just until mixed.

  Fill prepared muffin tins half full.

  Bake at 375 degrees for 15-20 minutes.

 


 Last week I tried this recipe for green peas that I had clipped from a magazine several years ago. We both thought that it was delicious. This was so quick and easy and is something that I will prepare frequently.  

SPECIAL GREEN PEAS

 

2 cups frozen green peas, slightly thawed

½ cup chopped onion

¼ cup seeded and chopped red bell pepper

2 tablespoons butter, melted

2 cups coarsely shredded iceberg lettuce

½ teaspoon salt

¼ teaspoon freshly ground black pepper

1 teaspoon chopped fresh tarragon or ¼ teaspoon dried

  Cook peas, onion, and red pepper in butter in a large saucepan over medium-high heat, stirring constantly, for 5 or 6 minutes or until peas are crisp-tender. Reduce heat; gently stir in lettuce and remaining ingredients.

  Cover peas and simmer for 5 minutes. Remove from heat. Serve immediately.  


Several months ago Carol gave my knitting group copies of this incredibly easy recipe for a Coconut Custard Pie that she says is her go to recipe when she needs to fix a quick and easy dessert. I have not tried this recipe yet, but a friend of mine has and she says that it is her husband’s new favorite pie – he even requested it for his birthday rather than a birthday cake! If you want to you can easily halve this recipe and make only one pie. 

COCONUT CUSTARD PIE

(Serves 16)

2 cups sugar

½ cup self-rising flour

4 eggs

1 stick oleo

2 cups milk

1 teaspoon vanilla

2 cups grated coconut

  Pour all of the ingredients but the coconut into a food processor or blender and mix. Pour this mixture into 2 9-inch greased pie pans. (This pie does not have a crust.)

  Sprinkle 1 cup of coconut on top of each pie or if you prefer add this coconut to the food processor after you have blended all the ingredients and give it one more very quick blend – you don’t want to pulverize the coconut, just mix it in.

  Bake at 250 degrees for 1 ½ hours or until lightly browned and set.


I saw a recipe for a Carrot and Summer Squash Sauté recently and tried it. I liked it but thought it would be better and prettier with zucchini because of the green color. When I prepared this I had some leftover rice in my refrigerator that I brought to room temperature and added to the sauté and we both thought it made a nice addition to the dish as well as helping with the never ending leftover problem. I also think you could add additional onion if this flavor is a favorite. If you add these additional ingredients you may need to slightly increase the amount of oil in the recipe.

  CARROT & ZUCCHINI SAUTÉ

(Serves 4)

2 medium carrots, peeled and sliced

5 teaspoons olive oil

2 zucchini squash, sliced

1 medium onion, chopped

1 teaspoon garlic powder

¼ teaspoon salt

¼ teaspoon pepper

  In a large skillet, sauté carrots in oil until crisp-tender. Add the remaining ingredients; sauté 3-4 minutes longer or until vegetables are tender.


I tried this pancake recipe late last summer but because strawberries were not in season I used blueberries. We both enjoyed the blueberry version and I think the recipe will be equally good with the strawberries so try this while local strawberries are available.

  I did use the pistachios when I made the pancakes because I had some in my freezer. They added a little crunch but if I did not have any in the house I would just eliminate this ingredient. You could try substituting another nut but you don’t want to use one with a flavor that overpowers the other ingredients.

  STRAWBERRY RICOTTA & PISTACHIO PANCAKES

(Serves 8)

2 cups pancake mix

1 ½ cups milk

1 cup ricotta cheese

2 eggs

2 tablespoons melted butter

1 ½ teaspoons lemon zest

2 cups strawberries, diced ½-inch thick (or may use blueberries)

¼ cup chopped shelled pistachios

  Sift the pancake mix into a medium size mixing bowl.

  Combine the milk, ricotta cheese, eggs, butter and lemon zest. Mix well. Slowly add this mixture to the pancake mix, whipping well to break up any lumps. Add chopped pistachios.

   Toss diced strawberries (or blueberries) in a little pancake mix to lightly coat them. Gently add them to the batter and stir.

  Pour batter on to a lightly greased hot griddle. Flip over once when bubbles appear and the underside is golden brown.

  Serve with Maple syrup and butter.


This Shrimp and Pasta Salad with Grape Tomatoes is a combination of a recipe that I saw in the paper and Mary Alice’s friend Sharon Martin’s recipe for a Dilled Chicken Salad that I ran in this column about 10 years ago. (I had rave reviews for Sharon’s salad.) When I made the Shrimp and Pasta Salad I used medium sized shrimp that I bought at the grocery store already cooked (not frozen). I thought this salad was just yummy and Alan agreed.

 This is a recipe that I will use often. I would not use popcorn shrimp for this recipe – instead I would switch to chicken or wait to make it later when I could find better shrimp.  

  SHRIMP and PASTA SALAD With GRAPE TOMATOES

(Serves 15)

1 cup mayonnaise

2 teaspoons lemon zest

2 tablespoons fresh lemon juice

1 teaspoon salt or to taste

½ teaspoon freshly ground black pepper

 

2 cups mini penne pasta

1 tablespoon capers, drained

¾ cup sliced grape tomatoes

¼ cup finely chopped green onions (use whites and part of the

    tender green tops)

2 tablespoons chopped fresh dill weed

12 ounces cooked and peeled shrimp- depending on the size of

    your shrimp, halve or cut them in thirds

1 cup frozen green peas, thawed

½ cup chopped celery for crunch (optional)

  Cook pasta according to package directions. Drain and rinse with cold water.

  Mix the dressing ingredients. Place half of the dressing in your serving bowl and save the rest in case you need extra dressing later.

  Add the capers, tomatoes, green onions and dill to the bowl. Stir well. Add the drained pasta and shrimp to the bowl. Mix and then add the green peas stirring gently to combine. Taste and add more dressing if needed. Eat now or refrigerate and eat later. If you refrigerate the salad it allows more time for the flavors to develop.

  Optional dressing: 1 envelope (1-ounce) Ranch Dressing mix, 2 cups sour cream, 1 cup mayonnaise, and 1 cup milk. Mix. You will only need about 1 cup of the dressing for this salad. 


My daughter Margaret sent me this technique for Slow-Cooked Onions that was in one of the Tampa Bay Junior League Cookbooks. The ease of “caramelizing” onions this way really appeals to me. Margaret has used these in onion dips and as a topping for grilled chicken. I also think they would be good as a topping for steaks. .

 

SLOW-COOKED ONIONS

(Serves 15)

5 pounds sliced Vidalia onions

½ cup butter

¼ cup port wine

  Combine sliced onions, butter and port in a slow cooker. Cook on High for 12 to 14 hours or until the onions are dark brown. Store in the refrigerator for up to 1 week. Skim the butter off the top before using if desired.

  Unlike caramelized onions cooked on the stove top, these have a lot of juice. If a recipe requires less liquid, strain and use the liquid in sauces or to flavor soups. These make a wonderful topping for grilled chicken breasts or homemade pizza.

  Yield: 6 cups

 


Mary Alice sent me this recipe for Lemon and Dill Chicken with Orzo last fall. She says that her family thought it was yummy. Both of us thought is was good when I prepared this. The leftovers reheated nicely in the microwave at 50% power. When I make this again, however, for just the two of us, I will halve the recipe because it is so quick and easy to prepare that I don’t want to use my freezer space for this.

 

LEMON and DILL CHICKEN with ORZO

(Serves 6)

4 cups low sodium chicken broth

¾ cup water

1 tablespoon unsalted butter

1 ½ teaspoon coarse salt

¼ teaspoon ground black pepper

1 pound chicken tenders cut into 1-inch pieces

1 pound orzo

2 cups crumbled feta cheese (4 ounces)

¼ cup coarsely chopped fresh dill weed

2 teaspoons finely grated lemon zest

1 tablespoon fresh lemon juice

1 cup grated parmesan cheese

  Preheat oven to 400 degrees.

  In a 3-quart baking dish, combine chicken, orzo, feta, dill, lemon zest and lemon juice. In a sauce pan, bring broth and ¾ cup water, butter, salt and pepper to a boil. Immediately pour broth mixture over orzo and stir once to incorporate. Bake until orzo is tender and the cooking liquid is creamy – about 40 minutes. Sprinkle with the parmesan cheese and let stand for 5 minutes before serving.


It’s strawberry time again and the ones that I have tasted are some of the best in years. They are available now at our local Farmers Markets so be sure and get some or go and pick your own at some of the fields in the area.

 Last week I tried this recipe for a Strawberry Cake that I had clipped from a magazine five or six years ago. We both thought the cake was delicious and it is such a pretty cake. Alan thinks that it would be delicious with vanilla ice cream and I’m sure he’s right, but you certainly can eat it just as it is. I think you will enjoy this cake.  

 

STRAWBERRY CAKE

(Serves 6-8)

6 tablespoons unsalted butter

1 ½ cups all-purpose flour

1 ½ teaspoons baking powder

½ teaspoon salt

1 cup plus 2 tablespoons sugar

1 large egg

½ cup milk

1 teaspoon pure vanilla extract

1 pound strawberries, hulled and halved

  Preheat oven to 350 degrees. Butter a 10-inch pie plate. Sift flour, baking powder, and salt together in a medium bowl.

  Put butter and 1 cup sugar in the bowl of an electric mixer fitted with the paddle attachment. Mix on medium-high speed until pale and fluffy, about 3 minutes. Reduce speed to medium-low; mix in egg, milk and vanilla.

  Reduce speed to low; gradually mix in the flour mixture. Transfer batter to buttered pie plate. Arrange strawberries on top of the batter, cut sides down and as close together as possible. Sprinkle remaining 2 tablespoons sugar over berries.

  Bake cake 10 minutes. Reduce oven temperature to 325 degrees. Bake until cake is golden brown and firm to the touch, about 1 hour. Let cool in pie plate on a wire rack. Cut into wedges to serve. Cake can be stored at room temperature, loosely covered, up to 2 days.   


This recipe for Apricot Nectar Pound Cake is one that Carol  from my knitting group shared. I think it would be a perfect Easter Dessert. Carol says that this recipe is her family’s favorite. I am including her tips for optimum success when you bake this cake. Carol says that she buys her apricot nectar in a glass bottle from Harris-Teeter in Greensboro and refrigerates any that she has left to use in another cake. I haven’t baked this cake yet but it sounds delicious and friends that have had a piece of an Apricot Nectar Pound Cake tell me that it is really yummy. 

APRICOT NECTAR POUND CAKE

(Serves 15)

¾ cup apricot nectar

¾ cup Wesson oil

1 box lemon jello

1 box yellow cake mix – Duncan Hines works best

2 tablespoons lemon extract

4 eggs separated

 

Glaze:

2 cups powdered sugar

2 lemons

   Thoroughly grease a bundt pan with shortening. Oil will not work – have tried. Flour the pan.

  Preheat oven to 325 degrees.

  Separate the egg yolks from the egg whites. Mix apricot nectar, Wesson oil, lemon jello, lemon extract and cake mix with an electric mixer. Add the 4 egg yolks, one at a time. Beat the egg whites and fold them into the cake batter. Pour into the prepared pan and bake for 1 hour or until done.

  While the cake bakes, mix 2 cups powdered sugar with the juice of 2 lemons.

  When the cake is done, put the pan on a rack and pour the glaze over the cake. Let sit and cool in the pan for 1 hour. 


When I was visiting Mary Alice last spring, she prepared this recipe for Grilled Pork Tenderloin with a Blackberry Sauce that has appeared in Southern Living. I thought it was delicious—I especially enjoyed that Blackberry sauce and I think it would really add a lot of flavor to a grilled chicken breast, too.

  We had some leftovers and when we came in late from soccer practice the next day, Mary Alice sliced it and served it over a tossed salad using the sauce as a dressing for the salad. Yummy!

GRILLED PORK TENDERLOIN With BLACKBERRY SAUCE

(Serves 8)

2 (3/4 lb.) pork tenderloins

1 tablespoon olive oil

1 ½ tablespoon Caribbean jerk seasoning

1 teaspoon salt

¾ cup seedless blackberry preserves

¼ cup Dijon mustard

2 tablespoons rum or orange juice

1 tablespoon grated orange zest

1 tablespoon grated fresh ginger

 

  Preheat grill to 350 to 400  degrees (medium-high) heat.

  Remove silver skin from tenderloins, leaving a thin layer of fat. Brush tenderloins with oil and rub with jerk seasoning and salt.

  Grill tenderloins, covered with grill lid, 10 minutes on each side or until a meat thermometer inserted into the thickest portion registers 155 degrees. Remove from grill, and let stand 10 minutes.

  Meanwhile, whisk together blackberry preserves and next 4 ingredients in a small saucepan, and cook over low heat, whisking constantly, 5 minutes or until thoroughly heated.

  Cut pork diagonally into thin slices, and arrange on a serving platter; drizzle with warm sauce.   


Kathy Grigg gave me this recipe and a sample of the granola after she made this. Kathy was served the granola at the Chico Hot Springs Resort in Pray, Montana, last summer. She thought is was so yummy that she contacted Audra Rutter, the Food and Beverage director and asked for the recipe as well as permission for me to use it in the column. I agree with Kathy that the granola is delicious – you want to eat it by the handful as well as sprinkling it over yogurt.

 

CHICO GRANOLA

(Serves 24)

3 cups rolled oats

1 ¼ cup bran flakes

¾ cup shredded coconut

1 cup nuts (walnuts, pecans, or almonds)

¾ cup honey

1 tablespoon pure maple syrup

¾ cup canola oil

 

  Preheat oven to 350 degrees.

  Prepare two baking sheets by covering with wax or parchment paper and greasing the paper with cooking spray.

  Combine the dry ingredients in a large mixing bowl. In a separate bowl, stir together the honey, syrup, and oil. Add this to the dry mixture and stir until well combined.

  Divide the mixture between each prepared baking sheet, spreading evenly.

  Bake for 20 to 25 minutes until golden brown, tossing the granola halfway through the baking time to keep the edges from burning.

  Let cool completely before storing.


We grilled chicken breast halves last summer and used this recipe which called for soaking the breasts in a buttermilk marinade. We both enjoyed this recipe—the honey mustard glaze gave the chicken a delicious flavor and soaking the breasts in the buttermilk mixture before cooking seemed to make the chicken especially tender and flavorful.

HONEY-MUSTARD CHICKEN

(Serves 6)

6 boneless, skinless chicken breast halves

2 cups buttermilk

¼ teaspoon salt

¼ teaspoon black pepper

1/8 teaspoon cayenne pepper, or to taste

¼ cup light mayonnaise

¼ cup honey

¼ cup Dijon mustard

¼ teaspoon dried thyme

 

 In a large re-sealable plastic bag or glass dish, combine the buttermilk, salt, pepper and cayenne. Add chicken breasts and submerge. Marinate, refrigerated, 2 hours or overnight.

 Heat gas grill to medium or prepare charcoal grill with medium-hot coals. Remove chicken from marinade and pat dry with paper towels. Grill for 4 minutes and then flip and grill the other side for an additional 4 minutes or until done.

 Whisk together the mayonnaise, honey, mustard and thyme until smooth.

 Place chicken on a plate or shallow dish; brush with half the honey-mustard sauce. Return to the grill for 1 to 2 minutes per side.

 Serve warm with the remaining sauce on the side.

 If your chicken breasts are really large you may need to slightly increase your cooking time.


This may be my new favorite asparagus recipe. Roasting is an easy way to prepare them and the capers and crushed red-pepper flakes really add an extra flavor element. This is an easy recipe to prepare but you do need to be careful not to overcook the asparagus. Depending on the thickness of the asparagus stalks you may need to adjust your cooking times. I started testing the asparagus after they had been in the oven for about 8 minutes.

ROASTED ASPARAGUS with CAPERS & LEMON

(Serves 10)

2 bunches asparagus, trimmed (about 2 lbs.)

¼ cup salt-packed capers, rinsed well, soaked and drained,

   roughly chopped

2 tablespoons extra-virgin olive oil

1 teaspoon sea salt or to taste

¼ teaspoon crushed red-pepper flakes

10 lemon wedges – you need 1 wedge per serving

 Preheat oven to 425 degrees.

 Arrange asparagus and capers evenly on 2 rimmed baking sheets.

 Drizzle with oil, turning asparagus to coat. Season with salt and sprinkle with red-pepper flakes.

 Roast, shaking sheets once, until asparagus is crisp tender and golden at the tips, 12 to 16 minutes. Let cool slightly.

 Serve warm or at room temperature. Garnish with lemon wedges.

 


Margaret called and said that she had tried this potato recipe which her family including my 5 year old grand daughter really enjoyed and she thought it would be a good one to use in the column. I tried it and we agree that it is a good one. I used standard dry unflavored bread crumbs that you probably already have on hand but I think it would be interesting to try it with Italian bread crumbs. The cooking time on this recipe might vary depending on your oven and the amount of moisture in the potatoes.

CRISPY RED POTATO ROUNDS

(Serves 6)

1 ½ pounds red potatoes, sliced into ½” rounds

3 tablespoons olive oil

½ cup grated Parmesan cheese

¼ cup chopped parsley

¼ cup dry bread crumbs

 Preheat oven to 375 degrees.

 Wash potatoes, dry them and slice into ½-inch rounds.

 Place a large rimmed baking sheet into the preheated oven and allow to get hot.

 Place potatoes in a large zip lock bag and add olive oil. Toss the potato rounds and move them around in the bag until they are well coated. Mix parsley, parmesan and bread crumbs. Add them to the bag with the oiled potatoes and toss until they are well coated. Pour on heated baking sheet and spread them in a single layer.

 Bake for 20 to 30 minutes until the potatoes are done and a nice golden brown.

 Remove from the oven and salt and pepper them to taste.


Mary Alice sent me her friend Sheila’s recipe for Irish Stew. Mary Alice was served this at a covered dish and thought it was delicious. She thought I might enjoy having the recipe to use for a St. Patrick’s Day column. Sheila says that she throws in whatever fresh herbs that she happens to have on hand when she makes this stew – it’s an Irish Stew because she uses dark Guiness beer when she prepares it. 

IRISH STEW

(Serves 8)

2 pounds beef stew meat

¼ cup olive oil, divided

2 cups onions, diced

2 tablespoons garlic, minced

2 tablespoons tomato paste

¼ cup flour

¼ cup or more dark beer

2 cups beef broth

2 cups chicken broth

2 sprigs fresh thyme

1 bay leaf

1 cup carrot chopped

2 pounds Yukon gold potatoes, peeled and cubed

1 cup frozen peas

 Brown meat in 2 tablespoons olive oil for about 8 minutes. Transfer to a bowl. Add 2 tablespoons olive oil and onion to the pot and sweat covered until the onion is soft, about 5 minutes. Stir in the garlic and tomato paste. Cook until the paste darkens, about 2 minutes. Add flour and stir to coat and combine, cook for 1 minute.

 Add beer and deglaze the pot, scraping bits from the bottom. Add both broths, meat and juices, thyme and bay leaf. Bring to a simmer, reduce to low and cover and simmer for 1 hour.

 Stir in the potatoes and carrots. Cook until the potatoes are tender. Add peas and simmer a few minutes longer. Taste and add salt and pepper to taste. Remove the thyme and bay leaf before serving.


This Nutella-Chocolate Pie was a prize winner at the State Fair several years ago. I saw it featured on a food segment of WRAL-TV several months ago and thought it sounded tasty and even better, it was incredibly simple to prepare. We both thought is was delicious. I allowed the pieces to that slightly after I cut them – about 5 minutes or so.

NUTELLA-CHOCOLATE PIE

(Serves 8)

1 9-inch baked pie crust

1 cup nutella

1 8-ounce block of cream cheese, softened

1 cup of whipping cream, whipped

¼ cup of graham cracker crumbs

 Whip cream cheese. Continue beating and mix in nutella.

 Fold in 1 cup of cream that you have whipped. Pour into the prepared pie crust. Sprinkle with the graham cracker crumbs. Cover pie with plastic wrap and place in the freezer until you are ready to serve it. Allow just a few minutes for the pie to soften.

 (If you want to really bring out the nutella flavor, rather than sprinkling the pie with graham cracker crumbs, drizzle it with nutella when you serve a slice. I also see no reason not to use a graham cracker crust if that is what you happen to have on hand.)


Recently I tried this recipe for a Blueberry Oatmeal Breakfast Cake. We both thought it was yummy. I served this with a piece of sausage for a Sunday morning breakfast.

 Because I measured and mixed the dry ingredients the night before, I was easily able to assemble and bake this and still be on time for an 8:30 church service. I sliced and wrapped the remaining cake in individual pieces and have found that it freezes well. This is a great way to use some of the blueberries that you froze last summer.

           BLUEBERRY OATMEAL BREAKFAST CAKE

(Serves 8)

1 1/3 cups flour

¾ cup quick-cooking oats

1/3 cup sugar

2 teaspoons baking powder

¼ teaspoon salt

¾ cup milk

¼ cup vegetable oil

1 egg

1 cup frozen blueberries (blueberries should be firmly frozen

   when used in baking)

 Preheat oven to 400 degrees. Grease an 8-inch round baking pan; set aside.

 In a medium mixing bowl, combine flour, oats, sugar, baking powder and salt.

 In a measuring cup, stir milk, oil and egg. Pour at once into the flour mixture. Stir just until moistened (batter will be lumpy).

 Fold in firmly frozen blueberries; spoon batter into the prepared pan. Bake until the cake is golden and pulls away from the sides of the pan, 20 to 25 minutes. Cook on a rack, 5 to 10 minutes. Serve warm. Makes 8 servings.


I thought these Carrots Roasted with Smoked Paprika were delicious. They were so easy to prepare and I was so glad that I had some leftovers to enjoy later. You might want to cut off the little of the small end of the carrot as that does have a tendency to get really brown.

 

         CARROTS ROASTED WITH SMOKED PAPRIKA

(Serves 8)

2 tablespoons olive oil

1 ½ teaspoons Spanish smoked paprika

1 teaspoon coarse salt

½ teaspoon freshly ground black pepper

2 ½ pounds medium carrots, peeled and halved lengthwise

2 tablespoons finely chopped fresh parsley

 

 Place a 10 x 15” pan on the bottom oven rack. Preheat oven to 450 degrees.

 Combine the first 5 ingredients in a large bowl; toss well.   Arrange carrot mixture in a single layer on the preheated pan. Bake at 450 degrees for 20 – 25 minutes or until tender, stirring halfway through the cooking time. Sprinkle with the chopped fresh parsley or cilantro if you prefer.

 


Mary Alice sent me this recipe for Mexican Brownies that a friend of hers had baked and taken to a wives function at Fort Campbell. Mary Alice thought that these were just yummy and sure to please any die hard chocoholic. I asked if she could get the recipe because I thought it would be a great valentine column. Her friend Sheila, was more than happy to pass it on. She found the recipe from Epicurious.com. The recipe apparently was featured in Bon Appetit magazine in 1996. I tried these brownies and they really have a delicious flavor. Enjoy! 

 MEXICAN BROWNIES

(Serves 15)

4 ounces unsweetened chocolate, chopped

½ cup unsalted butter

1 ¼ cups packed light brown sugar

1 tablespoon ground cinnamon

¼ teaspoon salt

3 large eggs

1 teaspoon vanilla extract

¾ cup all-purpose flour

1 cup milk chocolate chips

 

1 cup light brown sugar, packed

¼ cup whipping cream

1 tablespoon unsalted butter

2 teaspoons vanilla extract

½ cup sliced almonds

 Preheat oven to 325 degrees. Line an 8-inch square baking pan with foil, extending the foil over the sides.

 Using a heavy large saucepan, stir unsweetened chocolate and butter over low heat until melted and smooth. Remove from the heat and cool for 5 minutes.

 Whisk in the sugar, cinnamon, and salt. Whisk in the eggs, 1 at a time, then the vanilla. Continue to whisk until the batter is smooth, about 2 minutes. Add flour and whisk just until blended. Stir in the chocolate chips. Pour batter into the prepared pan, smoothing the surface.

 Bake until a tester inserted into the center comes out with a few moist crumbs attached, about 30 to 35 minutes. Begin checking a little before that. Cool completely in the pan on a rack..

 Whisk sugar, cream and butter in a heavy small saucepan over low heat until the mixture is smooth and comes to a boil. Remove from the heat. Mix in the vanilla. Cool for 10 minutes. Whisk until thick enough to spread.

 Spread over the brownies. Sprinkle with almonds. Let stand until the topping sets, about 1 hour. (Can be made a day ahead. Cover and keep chilled.)

 Using foil as aid, lift brownies from pan. Cut into squares.

 Serve cold or at room temperature.

 


Once again I’ve been wondering what would be a good dish to serve for Super Bowl Sunday. I finally decided to go with a recipe for Stuffed Shells that Mary Alice sent me that she has made several times and she says her friends always rave about it.

 This is a recipe that you make in advance and all you need to serve with it is a tossed salad and perhaps some garlic bread.

 This recipe makes a lot and the directions call for making two casseroles and freezing one for later. However, you can bake them both.

 I use a plain (no mushrooms or meat added) marinara or tomato sauce for this like Ragu or Newman’s Qwn – there are a lot of different choices out there or you could make your own.

STUFFED SHELLS  

1 box (12 oz) jumbo pasta shells

1 Tbsp olive oil, plus more for drizzling

4 ounces thinly sliced prosciutto, chopped  (we used 3 oz. Proscuitto and 2 links mild Italian sausage, covering removed

3 garlic cloves, minced

1 red onion, chopped

1 head radicchio, cored and shredded (4 cups)

1 tsp red wine vinegar

12 oz ricotta cheese (1¼ cups)

8 oz fresh mozzarella, chilled and cut into small cubes

Coarse salt and freshly ground pepper

5 cups favorite tomato sauce

Unsalted butter, for dotting

Finely grated Parmesan cheese for garnish

 Bring a large pot of water to a boil. Cook shells for 10 minutes. Drain and rinse. Transfer to a bowl and drizzle with oil. Let cool.

 Meanwhile, heat oil in large high-sided skillet over medium heat. Cook sausage, prosciutto, gralic and onion, stirring until prosciutto starts to caramelize and sausage is browned – 6 to 8 minutes. Add radicchio; cook until tender but not too mushy, about 4 minutes. Stir in vinegar; cook until evaporated. Let cool slightly. Stir in ricotta and mozzarella; season with salt and pepper.

 Pour 2 cups tomato sauce into the bottom of two 8 x 12 inch baking dishes (you may want to use one disposable pan as one dish is for freezing). Stuff 32 shells with 1 heaping tablespoon filling each. Pack 16 shells into each dish. Cover with foil. May now freeze if desired.

 Preheat oven to 375 . Dot shells with butter. Bake, covered, for 40 minutes. Uncover and raise oven temperature to 450 degrees. Bake until golden and bubbly, about 15 minutes more. Heat remaining cup of tomato sauce and serve with shells. Garnish with Parmesan cheese.

 

* This recipe is easily altered – you can use other greens such as Swiss chard, or Savoy cabbage. Steve also thought it would be nice to sprinkle small amount of shredded mozzarella for the final 15 minutes.

 


 

  I like this recipe for Raspberry-Dijon Pasta Salad. I happened to have all in the ingredients that I needed to make in on hand and I thought it had a great flavor. I used shredded carrots that I bought in a package from the grocery store and Alan thought the salad would have been better  if I had shredded my own carrots – he thinks the pre-shredded ones taste a little stale. If you don’t have black olives on hand or don’t like them, just eliminate them. I also think some sliced green onions would be good in the salad – use your imagination and come up with your own variations of this recipe.  

RASPBERRY-DIJON PASTA SALAD

(Serves 12)

1 pound tricolor rotini pasta

1 ½ cups sour cream

½ cup honey

6 tablespoons Dijon mustard

6 tablespoons raspberry red wine vinegar

2 tablespoons chopped parsley

2 tablespoons black poppy seeds

1 tablespoon freshly squeezed lime juice

¼ cup shredded carrots

½ cup sliced black olives

  Boil pasta until tender but firm in a large pot of salted water. Rinse under cool water, drain well and transfer to a large mixing bowl.

  Combine sour cream, honey, mustard, vinegar, parsley, poppy seeds and lime juice in a separate bowl.

  Pour about three-fourths of the dressing over the pasta and toss to combine. Add more dressing as needed to dress pasta to taste. Fold in carrots and olives.

 


 Recently I was lucky enough to be able to find some really nice veal scallops at the grocery store. I tried this recipe with them and we both enjoyed it and really felt as if we had eaten in a pricey restaurant rather than at home.

VEAL DIJON

(Serves 4)

½ pound sliced fresh mushrooms

6 tablespoons unsalted butter

2 tablespoons chopped shallots

4 veal scallops, 5-6 ounces each, pounded

1 cup heavy cream

1 ½ tablespoons Dijon mustard

2 tablespoons lemon juice

  Heat 2 tablespoons unsalted butter in a medium skillet. Add mushrooms and shallots and saute over moderately high heat just until limp. Remove from the pan and reserve.

  Heat 2 more tablespoons unsalted butter in the same skillet. Saute the veal scallops, two at a time, adding more butter as needed for not more than a minute on each side. Transfer to a warm plate and sprinkle with salt and pepper.

  In a small bowl whisk together cream and mustard. Pour this mixture in the hot skillet and cook over high heat, scraping up brown bits on the bottom of the pan, until sauce is reduced by half. Add lemon juice and mix.

  Return veal and mushrooms and all liquid to pan just long enough to coat with the sauce and heat through. Serve with rice on the side.

 


Mary Alice sent me this recipe for Apple-Braised Turkey Thighs that she found in a magazine several months ago. She said her whole family liked it and she will make it again. She passed the recipe along to her sister and her family enjoyed it too. I have not tried this as of this writing because so far I have been unable to find turkey thighs but I have not given up yet because I think this recipe sounds delicious.

 

APPLE-BRAISED TURKEY THIGHS

(Serves 4)

1 tablespoon olive oil

2 turkey thighs, bone in (about 2-2.5 pounds)

2 large shallots

4 Granny Smith or Cortland apples

2 cups apple cider

1 14.5 ounce can low sodium chicken broth

2 teaspoons cider vinegar

  Preheat oven to 350 degrees.

  In a medium Dutch oven or heavy pot with a lid, heat oil over medium high heat. Season turkey on both sides with salt and pepper and add to pot, skin side down. Cook until skin is golden and crisp – about 4 to 5 minutes per side. While turkey cooks, cut ends off shallots; peel and cut them in half, long way. Then thinly slice the shallots. Peel apples. Quarter and core them.

  Once turkey has browned – about 8 minutes total, remove from pot and place on a plate. Add shallots to pot and cook to soften, about 5 minutes. Add apples and cook until slightly softened, about 5 minutes. Return turkey to the pot, nestling in the apples and shallots, skin side up. Add cider and broth. Bring to a boil.

  Cover and place in the oven. Cook for 90 minutes. Uncover and cook for 30 minutes more.

  Remove pot from oven and transfer turkey to cutting board. Skin any fat from the cooking liquid and stir in vinegar. Slice meat off the bones and discard bones (bones will literally pull right out.) Serve turkey with the apple cooking liquid.

  This is good served over egg noodles. 

 


 Every year I like to review the recipes that have been in the column during the past year and pick the ones that I thought were best and that some of you have told me that you particularly liked.

  My daughter Margaret gave me the Corn and Black Bean Salad or Salsa recipe and Alan and I find this dish addictive. I usually serve this as a salsa but it makes a wonderful hors d’oeuvre with corn chip scoops. As I said, when I ran the column before, I used Bush black beans and Del Monte white shoe peg corn.

  Margo Sizemore gave me the recipe for South Carolina-Style pulled Pork. This is a crock pot recipe and it is a fairly easy way to serve a lot of people. This style of pork makes an especially good sandwich served on a hamburger bun or a slider bun if you are able to find those. Margo used a Cattleman’s Gold Barbeque Sauce when she prepared this. We had some Maurice’s Southern Gold Barbeque Sauce that we used when we made this. Your leftovers will reheat beautifully at 50% power in the microwave.

  I decided to try the Carrot Nut Muffin recipe after I had leftover carrots when I had grated a bag for a carrot cake. I thought these were so good that I will grate carrots just to be able to make these muffins and have some stashed in our freezer – if there are any left to go in the freezer.

  I really like this recipe for a Warm Spinach and Orange Salad. This is a good way to get a serving of both a vegetable and a fruit. It also is healthier than the usual warm spinach salads that are made with bacon.

  The Crispy Chocolate Chip Cookie recipe makes a truly yummy cookie that will almost melt in your mouth. I also like this recipe because it makes a lot of cookies that freeze well. I put some in a zip lock freezer bag when I made these and they are still delicious 2 months later.   

 

CORN and BLACK BEAN SALAD OR SALSA

(Serves 8)

¼ cup sugar

¼ cup vegetable oil

¼ cup cider vinegar

 

2 cans black beans, rinsed and drained

2 cans white shoe peg corn, drained

1 4-ounce container of crumbled feta cheese

2 bunches of scallions, chopped (I used some of the green tops)

  Mix sugar, vinegar and vegetable oil, stirring until sugar is dissolved.

  Mix beans, corn and chopped scallions. Pour dressing over the mixture and gently toss to coat. (May do this a day ahead if you wish.) Just before serving, add the crumbled feta and again toss gently.

 

SOUTH CAROLINA-STYLE PULLED PORK

2 bottles mustard-style barbeque sauce or you could make your

    own sauce

1 large pork roast, about 5-6 pounds (Boston butt, shoulder, or

    even loin)

  Place about ¾ of your sauce in the bottom of your crock pot. Place the roast in the pot, fat side up. Pour the rest of the sauce over the roast. Start your cock pot on high and after about 1 hour, turn it to low. Continue to cook for 8-10 hours. About half way through the cooking time flip the roast. If you want to slightly reduce the cooking time start the roast on high for 2 hours and then reduce the heat and cook for 7-8 hours on low. (If you are in doubt about whether it is done check it with a meat thermometer.) When done remove the pork from the sauce and let it rest for about 10 minutes.

  While the meat is resting, strain and degrease the sauce.

  Shred the pork – a loin roast may have to be chopped some. If you are serving it immediately you could return it to the crock pot to keep warm. Pour sauce over the pork – you may have more sauce then you need so save it to serve on the side if someone wants additional sauce.

 

CARROT NUT MUFFINS

(Serves 8)

1 cup white sugar

2/3 cup vegetable oil

2 eggs

1 teaspoon baking soda dissolved in 1 tablespoon warm water

½ teaspoon salt

1 teaspoon baking powder

1 teaspoon vanilla

1 ½ cups all-purpose flour

1 cup chopped walnuts

1 cup grated carrots

  Preheat oven to 375 degrees.

  Beat sugar, oil, and eggs together.

  Add baking soda which you have dissolved in water and vanilla. Mix well.

  Add flour, salt and baking powder and mix until moistened.

  Stir in grated carrots and nuts.

  Spoon batter into greased muffin tins or muffin pan liners. Let rest for about 5 minutes before placing in the oven to bake for 15-20 minutes.

 

WARM SPINACH and ORANGE SALAD

(Serves 2)

½ 10-ounce bag fresh spinach, stems removed

1 orange, peeled and sectioned

¼ cup sliced almonds, toasted

2 tablespoons cider vinegar

1 ½ tablespoons orange juice

1 ½ tablespoons olive oil

1 ½ tablespoons honey

  Combine first 3 ingredients in a large serving bowl.

  Bring vinegar and next 3 ingredients to a boil in a small saucepan over medium heat. Pour over spinach mixture and toss. Serve immediately. 

 

  

CRISPY CHOCOLATE CHIP COOKIES

(Serves 30)

1 cup butter, softened

1 cup sugar

1 cup light brown sugar, packed

1 cup canola oil

1 egg

1 teaspoon vanilla extract

3 ½ cups all-purpose flour

1 tablespoon baking soda

½ teaspoon salt

2 cups ( 1 12-oz. bag) chocolate chips

1 cup quick-cooking oats

1 cup rice krispies

  In a large bowl, cream butter and sugars until light and fluffy.   Add the oil, egg and vanilla, Combine the flour, baking soda and salt, add to creamed mixture.

  Stir in the chocolate chips, oats and rice krispies. Drop by spoonfuls onto baking sheets.

  Bake at 350 degrees for about 12 minutes. Remove to wire racks to completely cool.

  This makes approximately 120 1½ to 2 inch diameter cookies.

Store in a tin box.


This Bourbon and Molasses Glazed Pork Tenderloin is one of my favorites to use on New Years day. It covers several of the must foods in one dish and is just delicious. The recipe first  appeared in Gourmet magazine many years ago and I have used it in the column before. All you have to do to have a complete appropriate meal for the first day of the year is to serve some greens and some black eye peas and good luck is supposed to come your way during the coming year.

BOURBON and MOLASSES GLAZED PORK

(Serves 2)

2 turnips, peeled, halved and cut into ¼ inch thick slices

2 yams, cut into 1/3 inch thick rounds

3 tablespoons butter

1 teaspoon dried thyme, crumbled

 

1 tablespoon butter

1 pound pork tenderloin, patted dry

2 tablespoons light molasses

1 tablespoon bourbon

Preheat oven to 425 degrees.

Mix turnips and yams in a large baking dish. Top with 3 tablespoons butter and ½ teaspoon thyme. Season with salt and freshly ground black pepper. Bake until the vegetables are tender, stirring occasionally to coat with the butter, about 30 minutes.

Melt 1 tablespoon butter in a heavy medium skillet over medium-high heat. Season pork with salt and pepper. Add to skillet and brown on all sides. Remove skillet from heat. Transfer pork to the vegetable baking dish, pushing the vegetables aside. Mix molasses and remaining ½ teaspoon thyme in the drippings in the skillet, then mix in the bourbon. Spoon over the pork and vegetables. Roast about 15 minutes for medium, turning the vegetables occasionally. Transfer the vegetables to plates. Slice pork and arrange on plates and serve immediately.

This recipe for Sticky Buns would be a great one to include in your Christmas morning breakfast. It can be very quickly prepared the night before. I had not chopped my pecans ahead of time so that took a few minutes – I think one of my New Year’s resolutions will be to have some chopped pecans in my refrigerator to use Christmas week. Be sure that you take the time to read the label when you are buying your butterscotch pudding mix. You do not use the instant pudding mix in this recipe. The butter-brown sugar mixture is thick. I used a spoon to pour some over each roll. You might want to try greasing your foil because it did want to stick slightly to some of the rolls but not enough to worry about – or you could try using some of the non-stick foil if you have it on hand.

These are called Sticky Buns for a reason, so you might want to have some handy wipes on hand to clean sticky fingers before children grab their new toys.

I have tried recipes similar to this before but they were made in a bundt pan as a type of Monkey Bread. I found that this technique works far more satisfactorily.

I hope you and your family have a very Merry Christmas and a Happy New Year. 


STICKY BUNS

(Serves 20)

20 frozen white yeast rolls (I used Rhodes white bake and serve

     yeast dinner rolls, purchased locally)

1 cup chopped pecans

1 package butterscotch pudding mix, not instant

¼ pound (1 stick) butter

1 cup brown sugar

Cinnamon to sprinkle over top of rolls

Grease a 9”x13” baking pan.

Sprinkle the chopped pecans on the bottom of the pan. Evenly space the frozen rolls on top of the pecans. You need to space the rolls so that they have room to rise. Sprinkle the dry pudding mix evenly over the rolls.

Melt the butter; mix the brown sugar in the melted butter and pour over the top of the rolls. Sprinkle a little cinnamon on top of the rolls. Loosely cover with foil and leave out overnight to rise. (Use enough foil to allow for this rising process.)

Preheat oven to 350 degrees. Place covered pan in the oven, after 10 minutes gently remove the foil and continue baking for another 20 minutes.

Remove pan from the oven and place a platter or a foil covered baking pan on top of the Sticky Bun pan and flip over, remove baking pan.    ENJOY!!!


Margaret’s friend Jodianne shared this recipe with me and we could hardly wait to try it. All of my family except Steve like their beef medium rare so this is a perfect recipe for us and Steve is willing to zap his in the microwave or on the grill. This technique is incredibly easy and that makes it a perfect recipe for Christmas or any other time for that matter.

I hope you will enjoy this recipe as much as we do and that it will help make preparing your holiday meal a little easier. Merry Christmas!

WHOLE FILET BEEF TENDERLOIN/JODIANNE

(Serves 12)

2 tablespoons extra virgin olive oil

2 tablespoons finely chopped fresh rosemary

2 cloves garlic crushed, or to taste

2 teaspoons kosher salt or to taste

1 teaspoon freshly ground black pepper

 

1 3-pound beef tenderloin, excess fat removed

 

½ cup crème fraiche

2 tablespoons Dijon mustard

2 teaspoons fresh lemon juice

2 teaspoons harseradish

 Preheat oven to 400 degrees.

 Make paste of first 5 ingredients. Pat your beef dry with paper towels and then rub it with the paste. If necessary tie the roast. You my refrigerate roast at this point for up to 4 hours.

 Place roast in a pan that you have lined with aluminun foil and place in the preheated oven. Roast for 10 minutes. Turn the roast over in the pan and roast for an additional 10 minutes. Turn off the oven and leave the roast in the closed oven (don’t cheat and open the door) for 1 hour. Remove the roast from the oven and enjoy perfectly cooked medium rare beef.

 Mix crème fraiche, mustard, lemon juice and horseradish. Taste and adjust seasonings if necessary.

 Pass sauce with the roast. Leftover sauce is also very good as a spread on roast beef sandwiches.

 To make your own crème fraiche, mix 1 cup of whipped cream with 2 tablespoons of buttermilk, cover and let stand at room temperature until it is thickened somewhat like sour cream. 


I tried this recipe for a Mint Chocolate Cream Cheese Pound Cake recently and thought it had a wonderful flavor. Because it is another variation of a cake with a cake mix base, it has a very tender texture. As a result of adding the Andes mint pieces when you slice it, some of your slices are not going to be as even as others. I think those of you who like a chocolate mint flavor comination will enjoy a slice of this cake.

MINT CHOCOLATE CREAM CHEESE POUND CAKE

(Serves 20)

1 (18.25-oz.) package plain butter recipe fudge cake mix

8 ounces cream cheese, at room temperature

½ cup sugar

½ cup vegetable oil

¼ cup sugar

4 large eggs, at room temperature

1 teaspoon vanilla extract

28 Andes chocolate mint candies, broken into thirds

Place rack in the center of the oven and preheat the oven to 325 degrees. Lightly grease a 10-inch tube pan and then dust with flour or try dusting with cocoa powder. Shake out the excess flour and set the pan aside.

Place the cake mix, cream cheese, water, oil, sugar, eggs and vanilla in a large mixing bowl.Blend with an electric mixer on low speed for 1 minute. Stop the machine and scrape down the sides of the bowl with a rubber spatula. Increase the mixer speed to medium and beat 2 minutes more, scraping the sides down again if needed. The batter should look well combined. Fold in the candy pieces until they are well incorporated. Pour the batter into the prepared pan, smoothing it out with a rubber spatula. Place the pan in the oven.

Bake the cake until it springs back when lightly pressed with your finger and is just starting to pull away from the sides of the pan, approximately 60 minutes. Remove the pan from the oven and place it on the wire rack to cool for 20 minutes. Run a sharp knife around the edge of the cake and invert it onto a rack, then invert it onto another rack so the cake is large side up. Allow to cool before sliding onto a serving platter. Dust it with confectioners sugar and garnish with mint sprigs if desired.


Several months ago I baked these Lemon-Currant Cookies. I really enjoyed these cookies because they had such a delicate lemon flavor and did not seem to be excessively sweet. These cookies would be perfect with an afternoon cup of tea or coffee. 

LEMON-CURRANT COOKIES

(Serves 25)

1 stick unsalted butter, softened, plus more to grease baking

       sheets

1 cup sugar

¼ cup sour cream

1 large egg

1½ cups all-purpose flour (spooned and leveled)

¼ teaspoon baking powder

¼ teaspoon salt

½ cup dried currants

1 tablespoon grated lemon zest

Preheat oven to 350 degrees. Generously butter two baking sheets or line them with parchment paper. With an electric mixer, beat butter and sugar until light and fluffy. Beat in sour cream and egg.

In a separate bowl, whisk together the flour, baking powder, and salt. Gradually beat dry ingredients into the butter mixture until well combined. Fold in currants and lemon zest.

Drop heaping teaspoonfuls of dough onto prepared baking sheets about 1½ inches apart. Bake, rotating sheets halfway through baking, until cookies are puffed and golden around the edges, about 20 minutes. Let cookies cool for 5 minutes on baking sheets before transferring to wire racks to cool completely.


This sandwich takes the classic after Thanksgiving turkey sandwich to a new level. I think you will enjoy this version of an old favorite.

CRANBERRY and CHEESE GRILL

1 cup whole-berry cranberry sauce

1 teaspoon (or to taste) prepared horseradish

8 slices sourdough bread

8 slices turkey (if your slices are large, you may not need 2   

   slices per sandwich)

8 slices deli provolone or American cheese

1/3 cup butter, melted

In a small bowl, mix the cranberry sauce and horseradish. Divide the sauce and spread evenly among 4 slices of bread.

Place 2 slices of turkey and 2 slices of cheese on top of cranberry mixture and top with remaining slices of bread. Brush top and bottom of each slice with melted butter.

Heat skillet or griddle on medium heat. Place two sandwiches in skillet. Cook, turning once until golden brown on both sides. Repeat with remaining sandwiches. 


Gloria Lee sent me this recipe for Martha’s Holiday Dressing last December after I had already completed my columns for the year, but I was delighted to have something to file away to use in 2010. I think that making a good dressing can sometimes be tricky so I am looking forward to trying this dressing for the holidays. Since it makes a lot I can freeze some for future use which is always a plus. I hope this recipe will inspire you to try making dressing from scratch this year.

MARTHA’S HOLIDAY DRESSING

(Serves 12)

1 8-ounce bag Pepperidge Farm herb seasoned stuffing mix

1 recipe of Martha’s Cornbread base

1 teaspoon baking powder

1 teaspoon salt

1 tablespoon black pepper

1 teaspoon ground sage

1 teaspoon poultry seasoning

1 large onion, finely chopped

3 stalks celery, chopped fine

1 can cream of celery soup

1 can cream of chicken soup

1 stick margarine or butter, melted

1 cup buttermilk

3 eggs, beaten

6 cans chicken broth

6 ounces beet (optional)

Preheat oven to 475 degrees. Grease two large roasting pans. Break cornbread into fine pieces. Add stuffing mix and remaining dry ingredients. Mix well. Add chopped onions and celery. Combine beaten eggs with buttermilk and add to dry mixture. Add both cans of soup and melted margarine. Pour in enough turkey or chicken broth to make a soupy mixture for a moist dressing. Add beer as needed.

Pour mixture into 2 large preheated, greased roasting pans. Let mixture sit for several minutes before placing in preheated oven. If desired, cut up margarine or butter and place on top of mixture. Bake at 475 degrees until done – lightly browned and bubbly around the edges.

 

CORNBREAD BASE FOR MARTHA’S HOLIDAY DRESSING

 (Serves 12)

4 cups plain white cornmeal (coarse or medium ground)

1 cup self-rising flour

4 teaspoons baking powder

½ teaspoon baking soda

2 teaspoons salt

1 teaspoon ground sage

1 teaspoon poultry seasoning

½ cup vegetable oil

3 eggs, beaten

3 cups buttermilk

6 ounces beer or enough water to thin the mixture

Preheat oven to 425 degrees. Grease a large cast iron skillet. (If you do not have a skillet use a similar size pan.)

Combine all the dry ingredients and mix well.

Combine the beaten eggs with the buttermilk and add to the dry mixture. Add vegetable oil and beer and/or water to thin the mixture to desired consistency. Mixture should pour easily, but not be too soupy.

Heat greased skillet in the oven. Pour cornbread mixture into heated, greased skillet and let sit for a few minutes. Bake in heated oven until brown or when testing with toothpick shows that the mixture is done throughout.

Allow cornbread to cool on wire rack. Break cornbread into small pieces and store in a covered container in a cool place (under 40 degrees. Toss cornbread several times each day for 2 to 3 days.)

 


I really enjoyed this Carrot Soufflé when I prepared it. Although it does not puff up like a true soufflé, it is a pretty dish. I think you could substitute this for a sweet potato casserole anytime you wanted to and your guests will be happy. It is also a way to use a lot of extra carrots.

CARROT SOUFFĹ́E

(Serves 8)

3 ½ pounds peeled carrots, cut into 2-inch cubes

3 cups sugar

1 tablespoon baking powder

2 teaspoons vanilla extract

½ teaspoon ground nutmeg

¼ teaspoon ground ginger

¼ teaspoon salt

¼ cup all-purpose flour

6 large eggs, lightly beaten

2 sticks unsalted butter, softened

Preheat oven to 350 degrees. Lightly grease a 13x9x2-inch pan.

In a large saucepan, boil or steam carrots until extra soft; drain well.

While carrots are still warm, mash slightly and add sugar, baking powder, vanilla, nutmeg, ginger and salt. Using a hand mixer beat until smooth. Add flour and beat until well combined. Add eggs and beat well. Add softened butter, beating until mixture is combined. Pour mixture into prepared baking dish, smoothing top with a spoon or spatula.

Bake until top is golden brown and souffle begins to pull away from the sides of the baking dish, approximately 1 hour. Serve hot.


I tried this recipe for Baked Beets with Horseradish recently because I remembered that my mother used to do dishes with beets that included horseradish. We both like this recipe and I would prepare it again. It is incredibly easy to assemble and is both a pretty and tasty addition to a meal.

BAKED BEETS WITH HORSERADISH

(Serves 4)

2 15-ounce cans of sliced beets

 

3 tablespoons sugar

2 tablespoons prepared horseradish

1 ½ tablespoons cider vinegar

1 tablespoon cornstarch

1 tablespoon butter

1/8 teaspoon salt

Preheat oven to 350 degrees.

Drain the beets in a colander over a bowl, reserving the juice from one can of the beets.

Combine the beet juice, sugar, and remaining ingredients in a small saucepan; bring to a boil. Reduce heat; simmer until thick (about 2 minutes). Stir in the beets.

Lightly butter a covered baking dish. Add beet mixture to your prepared dish. Cover and bake at 350 degrees for 35 minutes.


Several week ago, Mary Bastin called and told me that this year at the Rotary Bazaar, they plan to feature a Cake Extravaganza during the auction. This brought back memories for me of some of the earliest Rotary Bazaars that I attended. The two kinds of items that were always the most interesting were the amounts of money that people bid on cakes and country hams. I was amazed that some of the cakes would bring up to about $300. This is a call to all you bakers in Chatham County, start looking at your recipes and sharpen your baking skills and bake a cake to contribute to the Rotary Bazaar auction on November 12, 2010, benefiting Chatham Hospital. To find out more about the Cake Extravaganza auction, call Angela Hurt at 919-799-4012.

  

This recipe may be my new favorite Chocolate Chip Cookie recipe. It is addictive. The combination of butter and canola oil make these cookies especially crispy which I like. I froze some of these cookies and we tried them after 2 months and they were as good as they were the day I made them. This is a good recipe to use when you need a lot of cookies – perhaps for Halloween. 

CRISPY CHOCOLATE CHIP COOKIES

(Serves 30)

1 cup butter, softened

1 cup sugar

1 cup light brown sugar, packed

1 cup canola oil

1 egg

1 teaspoon vanilla extract

3 ½ cups all-purpose flour

1 tablespoon baking soda

½ teaspoon salt

2 cups ( 1 12-oz. bag) chocolate chips

1 cup quick-cooking oats

1 cup rice krispies

In a large bowl, cream butter and sugars until light and fluffy. Add the oil, egg and vanilla, Combine the flour, baking soda and salt, add to creamed mixture.

Stir in the chocolate chips, oats and rice krispies. Drop by spoonfuls onto baking sheets.

Bake at 350 degrees for about 12 minutes. Remove to wire racks to completely cool.

This make approximately 120 1 ½ to 2 inch diameter cookies.

Store in a tin box.


Several weeks ago my daughter Margaret asked me to send her her aunt’s recipe for Raw Broccoli Salad because she wanted to make a healthier version than the one we enjoy that has a mayonnaise dressing. Much to my surprise the recipe was such an old one that I did not even have it on the computer which led me to believe that a lot of you might enjoy trying this recipe for a Broccoli Salad Parisienne. When I made this for the two of us several weeks ago, I used a broccoli crown rather than a whole head of broccoli and had just enough for two meals for two people with enough dressing leftover for another salad. If you want, you can substitute Dijon mustard for regular yellow mustard.

BROCCOLI SALAD PARISIENNE

(Serves 8)

1 bunch fresh broccoli (about 2 pounds)

1 clove garlic, crushed

½ teaspoon salt (optional)

¼ teaspoon freshly ground black pepper

1/3 cup olive or vegetable oil

¼ cup tarragon or cider vinegar

1 tablespoon prepared mustard

1 hard-boiled egg, shelled and minced

Trim outer leaves and tough ends from the broccoli, then slice it into small pieces. You should have about 6 cups.

Mix remaining ingredients, except the egg, in a large glass bowl; add the broccoli; toss to coat well; cover and refrigerate for at least an hour to season before serving.

Just before serving arrange the broccoli on a bed of fresh lettuce and sprinkle with the egg.


This recipe for Pork Tenderloins with Mustard Sauce appeared in Martha Stewart – Great Good Food - 07 Cookbook. Despite the splatters that you will have on your stovetop, this is a great recipe. The flavor is wonderful and the leftovers are great for as long as they last which probably won’t be long.

PORK TENDERLOINS w/MUSTARD SAUCE

(Serves 6)

1 tablespoon olive oil

2 pork tenderloins (1 pound each)

1/4 cup whole grain mustard

2 tablespoons Dijon mustard

2 tablespoons reduced-fat sour cream

  Heat olive oil in a large straight-sided skillet over high heat. Season pork with salt and pepper. Cook until browned on all sides, 5 to 6 minutes.

  Reduce heat to medium-low. Cover; cook, turning pork occasionally, until an instant-read thermometer inserted in the the center registers 150 degrees, 20 to 25 minutes more. Transfer pork to a plate (reserve the skillet with juices); cover pork with aluminum foil; let rest 10 minutes.

  When ready to serve, to the skillet add mustards, sour cream and any juices that have accumulated on the plate; whisk together over medium heat until heated through (do not boil). Add water if the sauce is too thick. Slice pork; serve with the pan sauce.


I’ve always liked Oyster Stew so when I came across this recipe for an Oyster Chowder I was intrigued. I found the recipe in a Myrtle Beach Dining magazine and it is served at the Salt Creek Café. I clipped the recipe and then couldn’t find it for a couple of years so I have no idea whether this restaurant is still open. I made this before Christmas and both of us really enjoyed the chowder. The potatoes in the recipe make it a little more filling than the more traditional oyster stew. I used about a pint and a half of oysters when I made this because I like oysters so much and think the more, the better. If you make this, be careful not to overcook the oysters - when the edges curl, they are ready.

I hope you’ll enjoy this as much as we did.

OYSTER CHOWDER

(Serves 6)

6 slices thick-cut bacon

2 celery ribs, chopped

1 large sweet onion, chopped

1 ½ pounds potatoes, cubed

1 pound oysters or more if desired (reserve liquid)

1 cup fresh oyster liquid

2 8-ounce bottles of clam juice

2 cups heavy cream

2 tablespoons course cut Italian parsley

½ teaspoon salt

½ teaspoon pepper

Cook bacon until crisp in large sauce pan. Remove bacon.

Cook celery and onions over medium heat until tender, approximately 7 minutes, in the bacon drippings.

Add potatoes, oyster liquid and clam juice. (If you do not have enough oyster liquid make up the difference with additional clam juice or chicken broth.) Bring to a boil, cover and simmer for 10 minutes until potatoes are tender. Add heavy cream and simmer for 5 minutes.

Add oysters and simmer for two minutes. Stir in parsley, salt and pepper.

Ladle into serving bowls and top with crumbled bacon.


Several months ago we prepared a recipe for Sweet Potatoes on the Grill that I had seen in a magazine. I thought they were delicious and I loved eliminating another pan to be cleaned. Try this technique the next time you are grilling.    

SWEET POTATOES ON THE GRILL

(Serves 6)

1½ pounds sweet potatoes, peeled and chopped

1 bunch scallions, cut into 2-inch pieces

4 crushed garlic cloves, or to taste

1 tablespoon fresh thyme

¼ teaspoon salt, or to taste

¼ teaspoon freshly ground black pepper, or to taste

¼ cup olive oil

Combine sweet potatoes, scallions, garlic and thyme in a bowl. Drizzle with olive oil and season with salt and pepper and toss.

Place on a double sheet of foil and fold up.

Grill over low heat until the sweet potatoes are tender. Taste and adjust seasonings if needed.


Recently I had some leftover bananas that were nice and dark and I decided that rather than making banana bread that I would try this recipe for Banana-Nut Muffins. I really enjoyed these. We ate some when they came out of the oven and then I individually wrapped the rest and froze them. It is nice to occasionally be able to take one out when you need it without having the rest of a loaf of banana bread that you feel like you need to finish.

BANANA-NUT MUFFINS

(Serves 12)

½ cup butter, softened

1 cup sugar

2 eggs

2 mashed ripe bananas

2 cups flour

1 teaspoon salt

1 teaspoon baking powder

½ teaspoon baking soda

1 cup buttermilk

½ cup chopped walnuts

1 teaspoon vanilla

Preheat oven to 400 degrees.

 

Beat together butter and sugar. Add eggs one at a time and mix well. Beat in mashed bananas until smooth. Mix dry ingredients together and sift. Alternately stir four mixture and buttermilk into the egg mixture until dry ingredients are just moistened. Stir in nuts and vanilla. Do not over mix the batter. It will be slightly lumpy.  Pour into greased muffin pans. Bake at 400 degrees for 15 to 18 minutes or until a toothpick inserted into the center of a muffin comes out clean. Makes 12 muffins. You may get a few more—I used regular sized muffin pans. 


I tried this Spinach Salad recipe recently and we enjoyed it. It is a nice change from the usual tossed salad. When I tried this recipe I did not use black olive so make that call based on what your family likes and whether you happen to have any on hand.

I used a combination of low fat and no fat sour cream in my dressing but I do prefer to make the dressing several hours before I use it to allow the flavors a chance to develop. I used a garlic press (a very handy kitchen gadget) to crush my garlic for the dressing; I actually prefer this to mincing garlic for something like this dressing.

If you are in a hurry, a bottled ranch dressing could be used.

SPINACH SALAD with SOUR CREAM DRESSING

(Serves 4)

1 pound baby spinach

2 hard-boiled eggs, diced

½ cup sliced pitted black olives, optional

½ cup sliced fresh mushrooms

 

1 cup sour cream or plain yogurt

1 large clove garlic, finely minced

3 tablespoons lemon juice

¼ teaspoon salt

¼ teaspoon freshly ground black pepper

Combine sour cream, lemon juice, garlic, salt and pepper and mix well. Refrigerate until you are ready to use it.

Combine the salad ingredients and toss together. Arrange on individual salad plates.

Pour the dressing over the individual salads or serve the dresing on the side which many people prefer.


As I promised several weeks ago in this column, here are some more apple recipes that you might enjoy. The Apple Cheese Casserole is a favorite of mine that was in this column years ago. You could count this as either a side dish or a dessert, but I usually serve it as a side dish.

I just tried the Sour Cream Apple Squares several weeks ago and Alan thinks it is the best bar cookie that he has ever eaten. They disappeared so quickly that I can’t tell you how quickly they should be used or whether they freeze well.

APPLE and CHEESE CASSEROLE

(Serves 8)

¾ cup sugar

¼ teaspoon salt

½ cup all-purpose flour

¼ cup butter or margarine

1 cup shredded sharp Cheddar cheese

7 medium-size tart apples, peeled and diced

6 tablespoons water

1 tablespoon lemon juice

Preheat oven to 350 degrees.

Combine sugar, salt and flour; cut in butter until coarse crumbs form. Mix in cheese, and set aside. Combine apples, water, and lemon juice; toss lightly. Spoon into a greased 8-inch square baking dish. Sprinkle cheese mixture over apples, and pat down gently.

Bake at 350 degrees for 40 minutes.

Yield: 6-8 servings.

SOUR CREAM APPLE SQUARES

(Serves 12)

2 cups all-purpose flour

2 cups light brown sugar

½ cup butter softened

 

1 cup sour cream

1 egg

1½ teaspoons baking soda

½ teaspoon salt

2 teaspoons cinnamon

1 teaspoon vanilla extract

2 cups apples, peeled, cored, and chopped

1 cup chopped walnuts

Preheat oven to 350 degrees. Butter a 9x13x2-inch baking dish. Set aside.

For the crust: in a bowl, combine the flour and brown sugar. Cut in the butter until the mixture resembles coarse meal. Firmly press 2¼ cups of this mixture into the buttered baking dish. Set aside.

For the filling: to the reserved brown sugar mixture, add the sour cream, baking soda, salt, cinnamon, and vanilla extract. Mix well and stir in the chopped apples and pecans. Pour over the crust and bake for about 30 minutes or until firm and it begins to pull away from the sides of the dish.

Cool and cut into squares. I had 24 squares that measured approximately 2-inches. They could easily be halved to have 48 pieces. 


I made chili for hotdogs for a function that we had at our church several weeks ago and several people were interested in how I made it and said that I should put the recipe in the paper. A friend who is a member of the Mount Vernon Springs Presbyterian Church told me about this recipe and I found a copy of it in their church cookbook. I tried the recipe and thought it was so good and so easy that I have not bought any chili since. I don’t know who Polly is but I enjoy this recipe as much today as when I ran it in the paper about 20 years ago. If you are having a hotdog or hamburger party to celebrate Labor Day, make your own chili and impress your friends and family.

We freeze this chili in small batches so that we always have some on hand to use if we need it. .

POLLY’S CHILI FOR HOT DOGS and HAMBURGERS

(Serves 20)

1 ½ pound hamburger

1 14 oz. bottle catsup

1 14 oz. bottle water

1 medium onion, diced

1 tablespoon mustard

2 teaspoons chili powder

Place all ingredients in a medium saucepan, bring to a boil. Reduce heat and simmer for one hour. Taste and adjust seasonings. I usually add more chili powder.


I made these Buttermilk Bars several months ago for coffee hour at our church and took the leftovers to the Chatham News the next day. Everyone seemed to enjoy these. Alan is not a coconut fan so he wondered if I couldn’t leave this out. When I mentioned this at the office, I was told in no uncertain terms to forget that idea.

BUTTERMILK BARS

(Serves 24)

1¼ cups sugar

¾ cup brown sugar, firmly packed

2 cups flour

½ cup butter, softened

½ cup shredded coconut

½ cup chopped pecans

1 egg, lightly beaten

½ teaspoon salt

1 teaspoon cinnamon

1 teaspoon baking soda

1 cup buttermilk

1 teaspoon vanilla

Preheat oven to 350 degrees. Lightly grease a 9x13-inch baking pan.

Combine sugar, brown sugar, flour and butter in a bowl and mix with a pastry blender until the mixture is in coarse crumbs. Take our 2 cups of this mixture and reserve the rest.

To the 2 cups of the mixture add the coconut and chopped nuts. Pat this mixture into prepared pan.

To the reserved mixture, add the egg, salt, cinnamon, baking soda, buttermilk and vanilla and mix well. Pour over the crumb mixture in the pan.

Bake for 45 minutes. Remove to a rack to cool.

Drizzle with a thin confectioners glaze made from 1½ cups confectioners’ sugar and enough milk or cream to reach desired consistency. 


These Four-Cheese broiled Tomato Slices are delicious. You can use them as either a side or an appetizer but unless you are serving them as a first course for dinner they will make a rather juicy (messy?) appetizer. Try to choose a tomato that is ripe but a little on the firm side. I think this recipe would be a wonderful way to improve tomatoes that are a little less than wonderful.

FOUR-CHEESE BROILED TOMATO SLICES

(Serves 4)

¼ cup grated Parmesan cheese

¼ cup grated Romano cheese

½ cup shredded part-skim Mozzarella cheese

½ cup Ricotta cheese

½ cup mayonaise

1 tablespoon dried oregano

1 tablespoon chopped fresh basil

½ teaspoon salt

1 teaspoon minced garlic

4 large tomatoes

In a small bowl, combine the first nine ingredients.

Slice tomatoes into 4 or 5 slices, depending on their size. Allow 2 slices as a side or 1 slice as an appetizer serving.

Spread each slice with 1 tablespoon of the cheese mixture

Place slices on an ungreased baking sheet. Broil 3 inches from the heat for 3-5 minutes or until cheese mixture is golden brown and the tomatoes are heated through.

  


I don’t think I have ever seen apple trees as loaded as they are this year so I suspect we will all be wondering what to do with all this bounty. These recipes are a couple that you might be interested in trying.

I made the Apple Relish several years ago and liked it. This relish is a nice accompaniment for pork or as a topping for cream cheese to spread over crackers for a hors d’oeuvre.

I tried this Roasted Apple dish one Sunday morning and still easily made it to church at 8:30 without getting up earlier than usual and the only preparation that I had made the night before was find the recipe and washing the apples. I served them with Gloria Lee’s fabulous sausage muffins and it made a wonderful breakfast. The leftovers reheated nicely and were a welcome addition to supper later in the week. I think you could try the recipe with other varieties of apples but I haven’t done this yet.

I’ll try to feature some more apple recipes in another column in the coming weeks.

APPLE RELISH

(Serves 48)

7 pounds Winesap apples, cored and ground

2 oranges, seeded and ground

2 pounds raisins

7 cups sugar

1 pint cider vinegar

1 teaspoon cloves

1 teaspoon cinnamon

Place all ingredients together in a heavy pot and cook for 35 to 40 minutes, stirring occasionally to prevent sticking. Place relish in hot sterilized jars.

Process in a hot water bath for 10 minutes.

 

ROASTED APPLES

(Serves 8)

¼ cup sugar

1/8 teaspoon ground cinnamon

6 apples, preferably Gala, cored and cut into quarters

Preheat oven to 400 degrees.

Combine sugar and cinnamon in a medium bowl.

Add apples and toss to coat.

Spread apples in a single layer on a rimmed baking sheet. Bake, tossing halfway through, until tender but firm. Cooking time will vary from 20 to 30 minutes, depending on the size of your apples.  

 


I was able to find some nice okra at the Siler City Farmers Market Saturday so I expect that it is also available at the other markets in the county. I used the okra this week end and tried a new recipe that I was sure that Alan would like but did not know if it would become one of my favorites. It was delicious and is sure to become a recipe that we will use often when good fresh okra is available.

OKRA PILAF

(Serves 8)

3 slices bacon, thinly sliced

2 cups sliced fresh okra

¼ cup chopped green bell pepper

1 cup chopped onion

1 cup uncooked long-grain rice

2 cups chicken broth

½ teaspoon salt

1 teaspoon dried thyme

1 16-ounce can diced tomatoes, grained.

Cook bacon in a Dutch oven until limp. Add okra and saute until the bacon is lightly browned. Add bell pepper and onion; cook until tender.

Stir rice, chicken broth, salt and thyme into the vegetables. Bring to a boil and stir once. Simmer covered until most of the liquid is absorbed and the rice is done—be careful not to let it get too dry. Remove from heat and stir in tomatoes; serve immediately.


Most of you probably have a lot of tomatoes that you are trying to use in one way or another. You might enjoy trying this recipe for Tomato and Eggplant Pinwheels. The number of tomatoes called for in the recipe is just a guideline – you will need as many tomato slices as eggplant slices. If you have extra tomato slices, you could just have a couple of tomato slices without the eggplant for people who won’t eat eggplant. This can be either a main dish or a side. If you are serving is as a side and your pinwheels are large, some people might choose to only eat half a pinwheel.

TOMATO and EGGPLANT PINWHEELS

(Serves 8)

1 large eggplant, sliced

2 tablespoons olive oil

½ teaspoon salt, or to taste

¼ teaspoon pepper, or to taste

4 ripe tomatoes, sliced

1 teaspoon sugar, or to taste

1 tablespoon fresh basil, sliced in very thin pieces

½ teaspoon dried thyme

1¼ cups grated jack cheese

Slice eggplant crosswise into ¾ inch slices. Brush lightly with olive oil; salt to taste.

Place on an oiled cookie sheet and bake at 350 degrees for 15 to 18 minutes or until the eggplant changes color and is tender. Remove from oven.

Season eggplant with pepper; top with a tomato slice which has been lightly dusted with sugar; sprinkle with thyme. Return to oven for 9 to 10 minutes just to warm the tomato – it may not take that long. Remove from oven.

Sprinkle with fresh basil and top with the grated jack cheese; return to the oven to melt the cheese. Serve hot.


I tried this recipe for Peach Swirl Rolls this weekend and we both enjoyed it – of course I sampled one straight from the oven and I usually think anything that is warm is yummy.

The rolls are easy to prepare but try to have your can of dough in the coldest spot in your refrigerator and don’t take it out until you are ready to start assembling the rolls. I baked mine in a glass pie plate. I found that a slotted spatula made it easier to transfer the rolls to the baking dish.

Because we were anxious to try the rolls, I did not ice them but just sprinkled them with powdered sugar. The next time I bake these I will try to not be in such a hurry and I will ice them which should make them even better. 

PEACH SWIRL ROLLS

(Serves 8)

1 can refrigerated crescent rolls

2 tablespoons butter or margarine, melted

1 cup finely chopped peaches

½ teaspoon lemon juice

½ teaspoon sugar

 

1 cup sifted powdered sugar

1½ tablespoons fresh peach puree

Preheat oven to 450 degrees.

Remove rolls from the can. Do not separate. Place on a lightly floured board and work them into a rectangle about ¼ inch thick. Brush with the melted butter.

Mix chopped peaches with the lemon juice. Add sugar and stir. Using a slotted spoon, sprinkle them over the suface of the dough. Sprinkle with nutmeg. Roll up jellyroll fashion beginning with the long side of the dough. Cut into 9 or 10 equal slices, Place swirls in a buttered dish, cut side down. Dot with additional butter if desired. Place in oven and immediately reduce temperature from 450 to 375 degrees and bake for about 20 minutes.

If desired, ice with the peach glaze; mix sifted powdered sugar and mix with 1 1/2 tablespoons of fresh peach puree until smooth and drizzle over the baked swirls. Top with chopped pecans if desired.   


I tried this recipe for Oven Fried Buttermilk-Pecan Chicken recently and both of us thought it was delicious. Alan will be requesting this again soon. I tried this recipe because I happened to have some buttermilk in the refrigerator but I have seen similar recipes using this technique that don’t call for the pecans and sesame seed and I think they would be good also. Because two of my bonless chicken breasts were quite large, we used a tenderizer on them (manual not an additive) and I think this is probably a good idea any time you are dealing with oversized pieces.    

OVEN FRIED BUTTERMILK-PECAN CHICKEN

(Serves 4)

¼ cup butter or margarine

½ cup all-purpose flour

½ cup pecans, ground

1/8 cup sesame seeds

1 ½ teaspoons paprika

½ teaspoon salt

1/8 teaspoon black pepper

½ egg slightly beaten

½ cup buttermilk

4 chicken breast halves, skinned and boned

¼ cup pecans, coarsely chopped

Preheat oven to 350 degrees. Melt butter in a baking dish; set aside. (The size of dish you need will depend on the size of your chicken breasts.)

Combine flour and the next five ingredients.

Combine egg and buttermilk.

Dip chicken in egg mixture and then dredge in the flour mixture, coating well. Place in the baking dish, turning once to coat with the butter.

Sprinkle chicken breast with chopped pecans.

Bake at 350 degrees for 30 minutes or until done—time will vary a little depending on the size of the chicken breasts.


If you have some nice small red potatoes I think you will enjoy trying this recipe. We both thought the potatoes were delicious. This is easier to prepare than the usual potato salad and because you are using olive oil rather than mayonnaise it should be a little better for you.

RED POTATOES WITH PARMESAN AND CAPERS

(Serves 6)

12 small red potatoes

½ cup grated Parmesan cheese

½ cup olive oil

2 tablespoons minced fresh parsley

2 tablespoons capers, drained

1 tablespoon thinly sliced green oniion

1 teaspoon white wine vinegar

¼ teaspoon freshly ground black pepper

Place potatoes in a large saucepan and cover with water. Bring to a boil. Reduce heat; cover and cook for 15-20 minutes or until tender.

Meanwhile, in a small bowl, combine the remaining ingredients.

Drain potatoes: cool slightly. Cut each in half and place in a serving bowl.

Pour cheese mixture over potatoes and toss gently to coat. Taste and adjust seasonings if needed.


This weekend I experimented with an old recipe and came up with a new version using blueberries which are just becoming available locally. I was very pleased with the results and think you might enjoy trying this.  

BLUEBERRY-LEMON OVERNIGHT COFFEE CAKE

¾ cup butter or margarine, softened

1 cup sugar

2 eggs

1 8-ounce carton of sour cream (I used light sour cream)

2 cups all-purpose flour

1 teaspoon baking powder

1 teaspoon baking soda

½ teaspoon salt

1 teaspoon lemon extract

Grated rind of one lemon

1½ cup blueberries

Lemon Glaze

2 cups sifted powdered sugar

1 tablespoon butter, softened

Juice of one lemon, plus more if you prefer

1 to 2 teaspoons grated lemon rind

 

Grease and flour a 13x9x2-inch baking pan.

Combine butter and sugar; cream until light and fluffy. Add eggs and sour cream, mixing well.

Toss blueberries with 2 tablespoons of flour.

Combine remaining flour with the baking powder, baking soda and salt. Add these ingredients to the batter, stirring well. Add lemon extract and lemon rind and stir again. Gently fold in the floured blueberries.

Pour into prepared pan and cover and refrigerate overnight.

Preheat oven to 350 degrees. Remove pan from the refrigerator, uncover and bake for 30 to 35 minutes or until your cake tests done.

While cake cools, prepare glaze.

In a medium bowl, mix sugar and butter. Gradually add juice until desired consistency is reached. Stir in lemon rind. (If needed, you can also add a little milk to get the glaze to the consistency you want, but add it by the teaspoon.)

Spread glaze over cooled cake.

 


This Squash Cornbread is yet another version of something you can do with a box of corn muffin mix. The possibilities are endless. You might enjoy this now when fresh squash are available and you may have too many of them. Who knows, even the non-squash eater in your family may like them hidden is a little cornbread. The 9x13 pan makes a fairly thin slab of bread. I may try doing this in a slightly smaller dish the next time I make this and I will adjust my cooking time accordingly.

SQUASH CORNBREAD

 (Serves 8)

1 box corn muffin mix

2 cups yellow squash, thinly sliced

1 small onion, grated

1 cup buttermilk

2 eggs

1 tablespoon sugar

1 stick melted margarine

Preheat oven to 400 degrees. Spray a 9x13 baking pan with cooking spray.

Mix all of the ingredients well. Pour into prepared pan and bake for 15 minutes or until brown.

 


For years I have been seeing cookie recipes that use a cake mix as the base which certainly makes it easier to quickly assemble cookie dough for baking. I finally tried one of the recipes from a file that I had clipped in 2003. All I can say about it is that it is one of Alan’s favorites and it keeps beautifully in an airtight container in a cool room. I especially like the crispiness of these cookies and I’m looking forward to trying the same recipe using a chocolate cake mix as the base. This recipe is definitely a keeper.

CRISPY WALNUT COOKIES

(Serves 15)

1 package (18 ¼ oz.) yellow cake mix

2 cups quick-cooking oats

½ cup sugar

1 cup vegetable oil

3 large eggs, lightly beaten

1 ½ teaspoons vanilla extract

1 cup finely chopped walnuts

In a mixing bowl, combine the cake mix, oats and sugar. Beat in oil, eggs and vanilla. Stir in the walnuts.

Drop by rounded teaspoonfuls 2 inches part onto ungreased baking sheets.

Bake at 350 degrees for 12-14 minutes or until lightly browned.

Remove to wire racks to cool.

Yield: approximately 6 dozen cookies.

(I used Duncan Hines Classic Yellow Cake Mix when I baked these.)


When we were at Mary Alice’s at Christmas, she served us this Grilled Asian Flank Steak with Sweet Slaw. It was delicious so I copied her recipe and we have made it since we came home—in fact we liked the Sweet Slaw so much that we have made that separately. I hope if you try this that you will enjoy it as much as we did.   

GRILLED ASIAN FLANK STEAK

With SWEET SLAW

(Serves 4)

¼ cup reduced salt soy sauce

5 tablespoons vegetable oil

5 teaspoons minced peeled fresh ginger, divided

1 garlic clove, pressed

1½ pound flank steak

3 tablespoons sugar

3 tablespoons seasoned rice vinegar

2 red jalapenos, thinly sliced into rounds (seeds removed)

5 cups thinly sliced Napa Cabbage

¾ cup chopped green onions, divided

Prepare grill.

Mix soy sauce, vegetable oil, 3 teaspoons minced ginger and garlic in a resealable plastic bag. Add flank steak and turn to coat. Let stand at room temperature for 30 minutes, turning occasionally.

Stir sugar and vinegar in a small saucepan over medium heat until sugar dissolves; remove from heat. Add jalapenos and remaining 2 teaspons of ginger. Place cabbage and ½ of the green onions in a medium bowl. Pour vinegar mixture mixture over the cabbage and toss to coat. Season with salt and pepper. Let stand while grilling the steak, tossing occasionally.

Grill steak until cooked to desired degree of doneness, about 6 minutes a side for medium-rare. Transfer to work surface. Let rest for 10 minutes.

Slice steak thinly against the grain. Sprinkle remaining green onions over the slaw. Serve and enjoy.   

 


Needless to say this salad is probably best when locally grown fresh tomatoes are available, but I have found that I can usually buy very good grape tomotoes throughout the year.

I like this salad because as well as being delicious it is very attractive. When I made it I bought some yellow grape tomatoes at our Farmers Market that I mixed with the cherry tomatoes that we had grown that I had managed to pick before the squirrels ate them. I liked the combination of the two colors of tomatoes but all red tomatoes will be fine. I also like being able to make this salad ahead. 

CHERRY TOMATO SALAD

(Serves 4)

2 tablespoons red wine vinegar

1 tablespoon extra virgin olive oil

½ teaspoon coarse salt

1/8 teaspoon freshly ground black pepper

 

2 pints halved cherry or grape tomatoes

¼ cup finely chopped red onion

2 tablespoons finely chopped fresh parsley

1 tablespoon finely chopped fresh basil (optional)

In a medium bowl, whick together vinegar, olive oil, salt and pepper until combined and slightly thickened.

Add halved tomatoes, red onion, parsley and basil and toss gently to combine all ingredients.

Serve at room temperature.


Alan and I both enjoyed this recipe for Buttermilk Parmesan Mashed Potatoes when I tired it. I did not peel my potatoes although you may prefer them peeled—it is up to you. The buttermilk and Parmigiano-Reggiano cheese give these potatoes some extra flavor.

BUTTERMILK-PARMESAN MASHED POTATOES

(Serves 6)

2 pounds russett potatoes

2/3 cup fat-free milk

3 tablespoons butter

½ cup buttermilk

1/3 cup grated fresh Parmigiano-Reggiano cheese

½ teaspoon salt or to taste

¼ teaspoon freshly ground black pepper or to taste

Peel and dice potatoes. Place in a pot of cold water and cook until tender. Drain for a few minutes and return to pot.

Combine milk and butter in a microwave-safe bowl, and microwave on high for 2 minutes or until butter melts. Add milk mixture to potatoes; mash with a potato masher to desired consistency. Stir in buttermilk and remaining ingredients.   


I found this recipe for Chicken Pomodora in a promotion for a magazine that I had not subscribed to. We both like this recipe. I served it over rice with the sauce and it was delicious as well as pretty with the chopped tomatoes.

CHICKEN POMODORO

(Serves 4)

4 chicken cutlets

2 tablespoons vegetable oil

¼ cup vodka

½ cup chicken broth

2 tablespoons fresh lemon juice

½ cup tomatoes, chopped

2 tablespoons heavy cream

½ cup sliced scallions

Prepare cutlets by placing between plastic wrap and gently pounding to about 1/4-inch uniform thickness. Season cutlets with salt and pepper and dust with a little flour.

Coat a saute pan with nonstick spray, add vegetable oil, and heat over medium high.

Saute cutlets 2-3 minutes on one side, flip over and saute 1-2 minutes on the other side. Transfer to a plate and loosely cover with foil.

Remove pan from flame and deglaze with vodka. Cook until nearly evaporated. Add broth and lemon juice. Return cutlets to pan and cook on each side for 1 minute. Transfer cutlets to a warm plate.

Finish sauce with tomatoes and cream. Heat through, then pour over the cutlets. Garnish with the sliced scallions.


The only reason that I can think of that this recipe is called Strawberry Lasagna is because it is prepared in layers. I think this is a good recipe but it calls for so many strawberries that you probably will only prepare this when local strawberries are in season and plentiful. I did find that I had more mashed strawberries than I actually used so you may not need quite so may.  

When you are slicing your pound cake remember that you are going to have 2 layers of ingredients and if your cake slices are too thick you may have trouble getting everything in your dish.

When I made this I halved the recipe because I didn’t want a lot of leftovers.

STRAWBERRY LASAGNA

(Serves 12)

2 8 ounce packages cream cheese, softened

2 3-ounce packages vanilla instant pudding mix

½ cup confectioners’ sugar

1 ½ cup milk

8 cups mashed strawberries

¼ cup Kirsch (cherry brandy)

1 cup sugar

2 loaf pound cakes

1 cup whipping cream

2 tablespoons confectioners sugar or to taste

Wash strawberries and allow them plenty of time to dry. Cut them into pieces and mash—you want approximately 8 cups after they are roughly mashed. Combine mashed strawberries, sugar (if berries are really sweet you may not need all the sugar), and Kirsch.

Beat cream cheese, pudding mix, confectioners’ sugar, and milk in a mixer at high speed until smooth.

Slice pound cake into 1/2–inch slices—I did not use the end pieces. Line a 9x13-inch dish with cake slices. Spread cake with cream cheese mixture and top with strawberry mixture. Repeat layers. If you find the cream cheese mixture is getting too thick to spread, add a little additional milk. Cover and refrigerate for 4 to 8 hours.

Before serving, whip whipping cream and additional confectioner’s sugar in a small mixing bowl until stiff peaks form. Cut dessert into desired size squares to serve. Top with whipped cream.


CHICKEN and RICE CASSEROLE WITH GREEN BEANS

(Serves 8)

2 tablespoons butter

1 medium onion, diced

3 cups diced cooked chicken

2 cans (14 ½ ounces) French-style green beans, drained

1 8-ounce can water chestnuts, drained and chopped

1 4-ounce jar pimentos, chopped—optional but they make it

   pretty

1 can cream of celery soup

1 cup mayonnaise

1 box (6-ounces) long grain & wild rice mix, cooked by

   package directions

1 cup grated sharp cheddar cheese (may add a little more if you

   wish)

1/8 teaspoon salt or to taste

Preheat oven to 350 degrees.

Melt butter in a small skillet over medium heat. Add onion and saute until translucent—about 5 minutes. Remove from heat and transfer to a large bowl.

Add remaining ingredients and gently mix together so the green beans do not come apart until the mixture is thoroughly combined.

Pour into a buttered 3 quart casserole dish.

Bake for 20 to 25 minutes or until bubbly. Remove from oven and let stand a few minutes before serving.

 


CHICKEN and RICE CASSEROLE

(Serves 10)

2 rotisserie roasted chickens (available at some grocery stores)

1 small onion, minced

½ cup light mayonnaise (may use regular)

2 10 3/4-ounce cans reduced fat & reduced sodium cream of

    chicken soup, undiluted (may use regular)

1 8-ounce can water chestnuts, drained & chopped

1 14 ½ ounce can low sodium, fat free chicken broth (may use 

    regular)

1 6-ounce package long grain and wild rice mix, cooked

    according to package directions

½ small green bell pepper, chopped

Remove chicken from bones, discarding skin and bones. Chop chicken.

Stir together chicken and remaining ingredients.

Spoon evenly into 2 lightly greased 8-inch square baking dishes. Wrap one dish in heavy-duty aluminum foil and freeze.

Bake remaining casserole at 350 degrees for 55 minutes or until thoroughly heated. Check after about 50 minutes. 4-5 servings per casserole.

The size and amount of chopped chicken that you have will determine the size of your casseroles or you may want one large casserole.

 


For me, a welcome sign of spring is when really good fresh asparagus become available. I enjoy this vegetable almost any way that it is prepared. I especially like it as a salad alternative and think that this Sesame Asparagus is a nice change of pace from a tossed green salad. When I serve this however I will usually place it on a small bed of shredded lettuce. 

SESAME ASPARAGUS

(Serves 2)

½ pound fresh asparagus

3 tablespoons red wine vinegar

1 tablespoon dark sesame oil

1 tablespoon sesame, toasted

Snap off tough ends of asparagus; remove scales with a vegetable peeler if desired. Wash asparagus in cold water.

Cover and cook asparagus in a small amount of boiling water for 2 minutes or until crisp-tender. Drain and rinse with cold water; drain well. Spread on paper towels for a few minutes to dry.

Combine vinegar, oil, and sesame seeds in a large heavy-duty, zip-top plastic bag; add asparagus. Seal and chill for 2 hours, turning occasionally.

Remove asparagus from the marinade, reserving the marinade. Arrange asparagus on plates and drizzle with the marinade.


My daughter Margaret sent me this recipe for a Corn and Black Bean Salsa which she had been served at a party recently. Margaret said that the hostess served it with corn chip scoops but told her that it could also be served as a salad. Margaret said that it was delicious and I have already prepared this twice and I would say that it is almost addictive. All the Corn and Black Bean Salsas or salads that I have had before have had chili powder and/or cumin but this one which has neither but uses feta cheese and it tastes very fresh and I find myself going back to it for one more bite. When I have made this I used Bush black beans and Del Monte white shoe corn I have had such good results using these brands that I will stick with them for this recipe – especially the corn. 

CORN and BLACK BEAN SALAD OR SALSA

(Serves 8)

¼ cup sugar

¼ cup vegetable oil

¼ cup cider vinegar

 

2 cans black beans, rinsed and drained

2 cans white shoe peg corn, drained

1 4-ounce container of crumbled feta cheese

2 bunches of scallions, chopped (I used some of the green tops)

Mix sugar, vinegar and vegetable oil, stirring until sugar is dissolved.

Mix beans, corn and chopped scallions. Pour dressing over the mixture and gently toss to coat. (May do this a day ahead if you wish.) Just before serving, add the crumbled feta and again toss gently.

 


This Honey-Mustard Potato Salad has to be one of the easiest recipes that I have ever tried. We both thought the flavor was delicious and I predict we will make this many times. When I tested the recipe, I did not have any country-style Dijon mustard on hand so I used regular Dijon. The next time I make this I will try to have some country-style Dijon to use because I think it would add a little extra texture to the salad.

This is an easy side dish to serve with your Easter ham or whenever you want potato salad.

HONEY-MUSTARD POTATO SALAD

(Serves 6)

1½ lbs. small red potatoes, halved

¼ cup virgin olive oil

2 tablespoons white wine vinegar

1½ teaspoon country-style Dijon mustard (can substitute

       regular Dijon)

1 teaspoon honey

¼ teaspoon salt

½ teaspoon freshly ground black pepper

3 tablespoons chopped fresh parsley

2 tablespoons chopped fresh chives or chopped scallions

In pot, combine potatoes with enough salted water to cover. Over high heat, bring to boil. Cook until tender, but firm, 25-30 minutes; drain.

Meanwhile, in plastic food storage bag, combine oil, vinegar, mustard, honey, salt and pepper. Add potatoes. Seal and refrigerate at least 3 hours or overnight. Let stand until room temperature, about 1 hour. Transfer to serving bowl; stir in parsley and chives.

 


I baked a carrot cake recently and discovered that I had grated too many carrots so I tried this recipe for Carrot Nut Muffins. I think they are delicious and I will not hesitate to grate carrots just so I can prepare several batches of these muffins so I can have some extras to keep in my freezer. When they are warm and fresh from the oven, I found these muffins irresistible.  

CARROT NUT MUFFINS

(Serves 8)

1 cup white sugar

2/3 cup vegetable oil

2 eggs

1 teaspoon baking soda dissolved in 1 tablespoon warm water

½ teaspoon salt

1 teaspoon baking powder

1 teaspoon vanilla

1 ½ cups all-purpose flour

1 cup chopped walnuts

1 cup grated carrots

Preheat oven to 375 degrees.

Beat sugar, oil, and eggs together.

Add baking soda which you have dissolved in water and vanilla. Mix well.

Add flour, salt and baking powder and mix until moistened.

Stir in grated carrots and nuts.

Spoon batter into greased muffin tins or muffin pan liners. Let rest for about 5 minutes before placing in the oven to bake for 15-20 minutes.


Gloria Lee sent me this recipe for a Ziploc Omelet several weeks ago and Alan and I tried it almost immediately. It works and makes a very tasty omelet. When we tried the recipe, we used diced baked ham, diced tomato, cheese, and chopped onions, green pepper and mushrooms that we lightly sautéed in olive oil. We found as Gloria indicates in the recipe that we prefer a 15-minute cooking time.

Before you try this, make sure that your Ziploc bags are freezer bags—not storage bags. If you don’t have the right bags, wait until you have freezer bags to try this. You will have fun with this recipe, just let your imagination be your guide.

ZIPLOC OMELET

This works great!!! Good for when all your family is together. The best part is that no one has to wait for their special omelet!!!

Have guests write their name on a quart-size Ziploc freezer bag with permanent marker.

Crack 2 eggs (large or extra-large) into the bag (not more than 2), shake to combine them.

Put out a variety of ingredients such as cheeses, ham, onion, green pepper, tomato, hash browns, salsa, etc.

Each guest adds prepared ingredients of choice to their bag and shakes. Make sure to get the air out of the bag and zip it up.

Place the bags into rolling, boiling water for exactly 13 minutes (we did 15 minutes). You can usually cook 6-8 omelet's in a large pot. For more, make another pot of boiling water.

Open the bags and the omelets will roll out easily. Be prepared for everyone to be amazed.

Nice to serve with fresh fruit and coffee cake; everyone gets involved in the process and a great conversation piece…


I baked a carrot cake recently and discovered that I have grated too many carrots so I tried this recipe for Carrot Nut Muffins. I think they are delicious and I will not hesitate to grate carrots just so I can prepare several batches of these muffins so I can have some extras to keep in my freezer. When they are warm and fresh from the oven, I found these muffins irresistible.

CARROT NUT MUFFINS

(Serves 8)

1 cup white sugar

2/3 cup vegetable oil

2 eggs

1 teaspoon baking soda dissolved in 1 tablespoon warm water

½ teaspoon salt

1 teaspoon baking powder

1 teaspoon vanilla

1 ½ cups all-purpose flour

1 cup chopped walnuts

1 cup grated carrots

Preheat oven to 375 degrees.

Beat sugar, oil, and eggs together.

Add baking soda which you have dissolved in water and vanilla. Mix well.

Add flour, salt and baking powder and mix until moistened.

Stir in grated carrots and nuts.

Spoon batter into greased muffin tins or muffin pan liners. Let rest for about 5 minutes before placing in the oven to bake for 15-20 minutes.


When we visited Margaret she served us Lemony Brussels Sprouts, a recipe that she had found in a magazine. We both enjoyed these so much that we cooked them by this recipe when we came home. Hope you will enjoy them prepared this way as much as we did.

LEMONY SHREDDED BRUSSEL SPROUTS

(Serves 8)

2 pounds Brussels sprouts, trimmed and shredded

   with a knife or food processor

2 tablespoons olive oil

2 tablespoons water

   Coarse salt and freshly ground black pepper to taste

2 tablespoons fresh lemon juice

In a large nonstick skillet, heat olive oil over medium-high. Add shredded Brussels sprouts and 2 tablespoons water; season with salt and pepper. Cook, stirring occasionally, until crisp-tender, 8 to 10 minutes. Remove from heat and stir in lemon juice.

Taste and adjust seasonings if needed.

 


This is another of Mary Alice’s recipes that she and Steve cooked for us during the Christmas holidays. The fresh tomatoes used in this dish give it a wonderful flavor. Mary Alice says not to worry if you can’t find pecorino Romano, just use a good quality of Romano cheese.

I would not have thought of pairing this dish with green beans but strangely enough the combination works.

This could easily become one of my favorite pasta dishes. 

FRESH TOMATO, SAUSAGE & PECORINO

PASTA W/LEMONY GREEN BEANS

(Serves 4)

8 ounces uncooked penne pasta

½ pound sweet Italian sausage

2 teaspoons olive oil

1 cup vertically sliced onion

1 ¼ pounds tomatoes

2 teaspoons minced garlic

6 tablespoons grated fresh pecorino Romano cheese, divided

¼ teaspoon salt

1/8 teaspoon black pepper

¼ cup torn fresh basil leaves

 

1 pound fresh green beans

1 teaspoon grated lemon rind

1 tablespoon fresh lemon juice

1 ½ teaspoon extra virgin olive oil

½ teaspoon salt

¼ teaspoon black pepper

Cook pasta according to package directions, omitting the salt and fat. Drain.

Heat a large nonstick skillet over medium-high heat. Remove casings from sausage. Add oil to pan; swirl to coat. Add sausage and onion to pan; cook 4 minutes, stirring to crumble sausage. Add garlic; cook 2 more minutes. Add chopped tomotoes and cook an additional 2 minutes.

Remove from heat, stir in pasta, 2 tablespoons cheese, salt and pepper. Sprinkle with remaining ¼ cup cheese and torn basil leaves (Serving size: about 2 cups)

Steam green beans for about 5 minutes or until crispy tender. Drain and rinse with cold water. Drain and place in serving bowl. Add lemon rind and juice, olive oil, salt and pepper and toss to coat.

 


Cold weather makes me crave warm desserts. Years ago I clipped this recipe out of a cookbook that I was getting ready to discard but I never tried it until last week. I really enjoyed it although it is not as good as a bread pudding cooked the old fashioned way. I served it warm and have also reheated some of the leftovers in the microwave and it satisfied my desire to eat something sweet and warm. The flavor is similar to a rice pudding or an egg custard.

When I baked this I used Pepperidge Farm Sweet Buttermilk Bread which I bought here in town. I think the recipe probably needs a slightly denser bread like this.

The next time I try this I think I will sprinkle a little cinnamon and nutmeg over the top.

MICROWAVE BREAD PUDDING

(Serves 6)

4 cups bread cubes (4-5 slices minus the crusts)

½ cup light brown sugar, packed

¼ teaspoon salt

¾ cup raisins]

2 cups milk

3 tablespoons butter

2 large eggs, lightly beaten

Lightly butter an eight-inch baking dish.

Spread bread cubes evenly in the prepared baking dish. Sprinkle evenly with the brown sugar, salt and raisins.

Measure milk into a 1 quart measuring cup; add butter. Microwave on high until butter is melted and the milk is warm—not hot enough to cook the eggs.

Rapidly stir slightly beaten eggs into the warm milk mixture and mix well. Pour over the bread cubes. Lightly sprinkle with a little cinnamon and nutmeg if desired.

Microwave on high for 8-12 minutes. If your microwave does not rotate automatically, rotate dish after about 6 minutes. When cooked, center may still be slightly soft, but will set as pudding cools. After 8 minutes, check for doneness by lightly jiggling the dish as you would for a custard pie. Serve warm or chilled.   


My Valentine recipe for you is embarrassingly simple—and of course it is chocolate.

Just before I left for Mary Alice’s for Christmas a friend in Greensboro told me about the Oreo Truffle recipe and I was intrigued. I also thought that it was a recipe that my grand-children could help me prepare so on my first grocery run after we arrived I picked up the ingredients. Caroline and Jackson both helped me roll some of the truffles although they tired of it pretty quickly or there were just other things they wanted to do.

The following day Caroline helped me dip the truffles but again she decided to let me finish. This takes a while so you may need to reheat the dipping chocolate.

I saw this same recipe in the News and Observer after Christmas and they said that Trader Joe’s peppermint JoJo cookies were good in the recipe. Obviously this is a recipe that has been passed around by word of mouth for a while. It is a good one and should make any chocoholic happy. 

OREO TRUFFLES

1 bag of Oreo cookies

1 8-ounce package of cream cheese

1 large bar of dipping chocolate (I used a very large package of Ghiadelli dipping Chocolate but I did not need all of it)

Soften cream cheese.

Crush cookies in a food processor (cream filling, too). Combine cookie crumbs and softened cream cheese. Form into small balls—about the size of a walnut. These truffles are rich so you don’t want them to be too large. Refrigerate for a least two hours or overnight to allow to become firm.

Melt dipping chocolate according to package directions. Working quickly, dip crumb balls in chocolate to coat. Allow to harden before eating or storing in an air tight container in a cool place.

You may use either dark or white chocolate for dipping—I prefer dark. But if you want to be fancy dribble some white chocolate over the finished truffles.


When I started to think about a recipe for Super Bowl week, I knew that I wanted something that was delicious but also easy and something that ideally could be prepared ahead if you wanted to. Then I remembered a recipe for a crock pot pulled pork that Margo Sizemore had told me about. She was cooking at her daughter’s house in the Charleston area and needed to feed a lot of people who were coming to see the new baby. She went to the grocery store and bought a large pork roast and asked the butcher how he would suggest she cook it. He told her to do it in a crock pot with a mustard barbeque sauce and to cook it until she could almost shred the meal with forks. She followed his directions and said the roast was delicious and that one of the guests said it tasted just like the barbeque they serve at Bessingers (a local barbeque favorite in Charleston). I’ve tried this recipe and I agree. It makes a great barbeque sandwich. I have even been able to buy some slider rolls in Greensboro if you want to try serving smaller sandwiches. Best of all, this pork reheats beautifully at 50% power in a microwave.

Just serve this with slaw and some baked beans or potato salad and finger desserts and there is no reason that you can’t enjoy the game and/or the advertisements without a lot of fuss.

Margo has used a Cattleman’s Gold sauce when she prepared it. I had some Maurice’s Southern Gold Barbeque sauce that Jeff Davis found for us in Myrtle Beach. Bessinger’s in Charleston also sells a mustard base barbeque sauce. (South Carolina pork barbeque is typically a mustard barbeque.)

 

SOUTH CAROLINA-STYLE PULLED PORK

2 bottles mustard-style barbeque sauce or you could make your own sauce

1 large pork roast, about 5-6 pounds (Boston butt, shoulder, or even loin)

Place about ¾ of your sauce in the bottom of your crock pot. Place the roast in the pot, fat side up. Pour the rest of the sauce over the roast. Start your cock pot on high and after about 1 hour, turn it to low. Continue to cook for 8-10 hours. About half way through the cooking time flip the roast. If you want to slightly reduce the cooking time start the roast on high for 2 hours and then reduce the heat and cook for 7-8 hours on low. (If you are in doubt about whether it is done check it with a meat thermometer.) When done remove the pork from the sauce and let it rest for about 10 minutes.

While the meat is resting, strain and degrease the sauce.

Shred the pork – a loin roast may have to be chopped some. If you are serving it immediately you could return it to the crock pot to keep warm. Pour sauce over the pork – you may have more sauce then you need so save it to serve on the side if someone wants additional sauce.


Several weeks ago I tried this recipe for a Celery Casserole and we enjoyed it. When I baked it I halved the recipe for the two of us. This is a good way to use extra celery rather than hiding and losing it in the vegetable drawer and then having to throw it away. The pimiento makes this casserole visually appealing as well as tasty. Just use whatever cheese crackers you have on hand to make the crumbs – I actually used whole wheat cheese Gold Fish. If you don’t have any cheese crackers on hand and don’t want to buy any, just use whatever is on your shelf.

CELERY CASSEROLE

(Serves 8)

2 tablespoons butter or margarine

4 cups celery, cut into ¼ inch diagonal slices

1 10 1/2 –ounce can condensed cream of celery soup

2 tablespoons canned pimiento, diced

2 tablespoons milk

½ cup finely grated Cheddar cheese

¾ cup crushed cheese crackers or more if needed to

    sprinkle over casserole

2 tablespoons melted butter

Do not add salt to this casserole, pepper is optional.

Preheat oven to 350 degrees. Lightly grease a 1½ quart casserole dish.  

In a saucepan, cook the celery, covered in 2 tablespoons butter for 15 to 20 minutes or until it is crisp tender. Stir in the soup, milk, pimiento, and grated cheese. Pour into a 1 ½ quart casserole dish.

Combine the cracker crumbs and the melted butter. Sprinkle the crumbs over the casserole.

 


 

After my grandchildren visit I always seem to find half a box of Cheerios left on the shelf that I usually wind up discarding after it gets stale so this recipe for Double Oat Breakfast Cookies caught my eye. I tried the recipe using raisins (that does seem to sound a little healthier) and was very pleased with the results. The cookie has a great flavor but the peanut butter flavor is so subtle that if you serve them you probably should warn people about the peanut butter because of  allergies. The cookies also appealed to me because they were not too sweet. Try these the next time you have leftover round roasted oat cereal.

DOUBLE OAT BREAKFAST COOKIES

(Serves 25)

½ cup butter, softened

½ cup smooth peanut butter

1 ¼ cups sugar

½ teaspoon baking soda

¼ teaspoon salt

¼ cup water

1 egg

1 tablespoon vanilla

1 ½ cups all-purpose flour

1 cup rolled oats

1 cup golden raisins or milk chocolate pieces of a combination

   of both

3 cups round toasted oat cereal (such as Cheerios)

Preheat oven to 375 degrees.

In a large mixing bowl, beat butter and peanut butter with electric mixer on medium to high speed for 30 seconds. Add sugar, baking soda and salt. Beat until combined, scraping sides of bowl as needed. Beat in water, egg, and vanilla until combined. Beat in flour until combined. Beat in as much of the rolled oats you can with mixer. Stir in any remaining rolled oats. Stir in raisins and oat cereal.

Drop dough by generous teaspoons about 3 inches apart onto an ungreased cookie sheet. Flatten slightly. Bake for about 10 minutes or until edges are lightly browned. Cool on cookie sheet for a few minutes and then transfer to a wire rack and let cool completely.

Store cookies in a tightly covered container for up to 5 days or freeze up to 3 months.  

 


When we were in Florida for Christmas last year, my daughter Margaret prepared this chicken breast recipe for us one night. I thought it was delicious and asked for her recipe. She printed it out and gave it to me but I have no idea where she found it. I think you will enjoy this – it is definitely worth the extra effort.

CHICKEN BREASTS LOMBARDY

(Serves 6)

1 8-oz. package sliced fresh mushrooms

2 tablespoons butter, melted

6 skinned and boned chicken breasts

½ cup all-purpose flour

1/3 cup butter

¾ cup Marsala

½ cup chicken broth

½ teaspoon salt

1/8 teaspoon pepper

½ cup shredded mozzarella cheese

½ cup grated Parmesan cheese

2 green onions, chopped

Cook mushrooms in 2 tablespoons butter in a large nonstick skillet over medium heat, stirring constantly, 3 to 5 minutes or just until tender. Remove from heat; set aside.

Cut each chicken breast in half lengthwise. Place chicken between two sheets of heavy-duty plastic wrap; flatten to 1/8-inch thickness, using a rolling pin or the flat side of a meat mallet. (A zip-lock plastic bag works well for this.)

Dredge chicken pieces in flour. Cook chicken, in batches, in 1-2 tablespoons butter in a large nonstick skillet over medium heat for 3 to 4 minutes on each side or until golden. Place chicken in a lightly greased 13x9x2-inch baking dish, overlapping the edges. Repeat the procedure with the remaining chicken and butter. Reserve pan drippings in the skillet. Sprinkle mushrooms evenly over the chicken.

Add wine and broth to skillet. Bring to a boil; reduce heat and simmer, stirring occasionally, for 10 minutes. Stir in salt and pepper. Taste and adjust seasonings. Pour sauce over chicken. Combine cheeses and green onion and sprinkle over the chicken.

Bake, uncovered, at 450 degrees for 12 to 14 minutes or until cheese melts. Serve over pasta.

2/3 cup dry white wine plus 2 tablespoons brandy may be substituted for the Marsala.

 


When the grandchildren went home I had part of a box of honey coated oat ring cereal left so I decided to try this recipe. Believe it or not it took me two tries to get it  right.  Liquid oil based margarine is essential – I tried butter the first time around and was not happy. I also found that because my oat rings were honey coated they need to be added with the animal cookies and teddy grahams. If you have plain oat rings, add them with the corn cereal and pretzels. This will burn easily so watch it carefully.

TEDDY BEAR CRUNCHIES

(Serves 16)

5 tablespoons packed light brown sugar

5 tablespoons margarine (made with liquid oil)

1 teaspoon cinnamon 

3 cups miniature corn cereal squares

1 ½ cups animal crackers

1 ½ cups honey-flavored teddy bear-shaped graham crackers

1 cup whole-grain toasted oat ring cereal

1 cup fat-free miniature fat-free pretzel twists

Preheat oven to 325 degrees.

Place brown sugar and margarine in a small microwave-proof bowl. Microwave on 50% power until margarine melts and sugar dissolves. Add cinnamon.

Toss cereal squares, oat ring cereal and pretzels in large shallow roasting pan. Drizzle with part of the brown sugar mixture, tossing to coat. Bake for 10 minutes stirring occasionally.

Coat teddy bear grahams and animal crackers with remaining brown sugar mixture and add to pan. Continue to bake and stir occasionally for approximately 10 minutes longer.

Remove from oven and cool completely before enjoying.


It’s once again the time of year when lots of people and organizations seem to be coming out with their best of the year list. So of course I’m doing the same and choosing my favorite recipes from the past year. I automatically eliminated recipes that have appeared withing the past two months because you probably have not misplaced them yet. (Perhaps my time span should run from October to October -- maybe next year.

One of the yummiest things that I have tasted in a while was Gloria Lee’s Crabmeat Sandwich. Floria cautions that it is abolutely necessary to use fresh real crabmeat – not the artificial stuff. She uses the pasteurized fresh crabmet that she can get from Sam’s or Cosco. This is a “knife and fork” sandwich.

CRABMEAT SANDWICH

1 cup mayonnaise

2 tablespoons chili sauce

1 to 2 tablespoons chopped green onion

1 tablespoon chopped green pepper

1 egg boiled and finely chopped

Combine these sauce ingredients and refrigerate overnight.

        Egg Salad

Make a good egg salad using 1 egg for each person that you are plannning to serve. Gloria did not include a recipe for egg salad but says that she chops the eggs finely and mixes with mayonnaise, mustard, a little vinegar, salt, pepper and a little pickle juice and mixes until it is smooth and creamy. (Alan made egg salad when we tried this by the old add and stir and taste method. Just use your favorite egg salad recipe.) Make 1 sandwich per serving and wrap the sandwiches tightly in plastic wrap and refrigerate. Gloria suggests using Very Thin or Thin White Pepperidge Farm Sandwich bread.

When you are ready to serve, place a piece of lettuce on each plate and top with tomato slices. Top the tomatoes with a sandwich. Top each sandwich with a generous amount of fresh crab meat and spoon the sauce over the top of the crabmeat.

Gloria says she has not tried it but that you can use shrimp or if you cannot eat seafood, try chicken. She served this with cantaloupe and crisp pickles.

 

Alan thought this recipe for Sweet Potato Hash was the best sweet potato dish that he had ever tried. We both agreed that when we make it again, if the bacon is thinly sliced, we will add a couple of additional strips and maybe even a little more onion.

 

SWEET POTATO HASH

4 strips applewood smoked bacon, cooked and cut into a

   ¼-inch dice

½ medium Vidalia onion, cut into half moon slices

2 tablespoons kosher salt for the boiling water

2 jumbo or 4 small sweet potatoes, peeled and cut into a

   ¼-inch dice

3 tablespoons dark maple syrup or cane syrup

2 tablespoons unsalted butter cut into several pieces

Salt, pepper, and rosemary to taste

Cook and dice the bacon.

Brown the onions in the same pan you used to cook the bacon. You want to cook the onions until they start to caramelize—about 10 minutes.

Meanwhile bring water to a boil; add the kosher salt. Add the potatoes and cook for about 2-3 minutes (they will have a slight crunch). Drain in a colander then spread on paper towels and pat dry.

Add potatoes to the bacon-onion mixture; add syrup and butter. Stir to combine and cook for 1-2 minutes or until potatoes are tender. (Your cooking time may vary depending on your sweet potatoes.)

Add salt, pepper and rosemary to taste.

 

Lots of  people have told me how much they liked the Lemon Brownie recipe that I found in the Breakfast on the Battery – a Charleston Chef’s Collection of Breakfast and Tea Recipes by Connie Stahl. This cookbook retails for $22.95 plus taxes when applicable. It may be ordered online from www.breakfastonthe battery.com. There is a $5.00 shipping and handling charge.

 

LEMON BROWNIES

(Serves 20)

2 cups sugar

1 cup butter, softened

4 large eggs

1 tablespoon lemon extract

1 tablespoon finely grated lemon rind

1 ½ cups all-purpose flour

1 teaspoon salt

 

1 ½ cups confectioners sugar

3 tablespoons fresh lemon juice

2 teaspoons finely grated lemon rind

Preheat oven to 350 degrees.

Butter a 9x13x2-inch baking dish. Set aside.

In a bowl, cream the sugar and butter until light and fluffy. Add eggs and mix well. Add flour and salt and mix until just combined.

Pour into buttered baking dish and bake for 30-35 minutes, or until done.

While brownies are baking, prepare the glaze. Sift the powdered sugar and add lemon juice and rind. Stir until sugar is dissolved and glaze is thickened.

Pour glaze over hot lemon brownies. Cool and cut into squares. Cover and store in a cool room.

 

The Asian Meatloaf is a recipe that Mary Alice discovered on the Cooking Light website after she had bought a similar dish at a dinners-to-go place that her family enjoyed. This is a nice change from your traditional meatloaf.

 

ASIAN MEATLOAF

(Serves 4)

1 3 ½ ounce package plain rice crackers such as ka-me

1 pound ground turkey

½ pound lean ground pork

1 cup chopped green onions

½ cup hoisin sauce, divided

½ cup chopped red pepper

½ cup chopped canned water chestnuts

1 tablespoon low-sodium soy sauce

1 tablespoon grated fresh ginger

¼ teaspoon salt

3 cloves garlic, minced

2 large egg whites

Preheat oven to 350 degrees.

Place crackers in a food processor; process until finely chopped. (If you can’t find rice crackers, substitute 4 ounces of Panko bread crumbs.)

Combine cracker crumbs, turkey, pork, green onions, ¼ cup of the hoisin sauce and remaining ingredients in a large bowl.

Shape mixture into 6 loaves and place on a broiler pan coated with cooking spray. Spread 2 teaspoons hoisin sauce over the top of each meat loaf. Bake at 350 degrees for 45 minutes or until a meat thermometer registers 165 degrees. Remove from oven and let stand for 5 minutes before serving.

 

The Baked Apple Rings are delicious and are a great addition to any meal. When I baked these I used Stayman Winesap apples. I served these at supper but they are a wonderful addition to breakfast.

 

BAKED APPLE RINGS

(Serves 6)

4 large baking apples

½ cup light brown sugar

½ teaspoon ground cloves

½ teaspoon ground cinnamon

½ cup honey

½ cup water

Preheat oven to 400 degrees.

Core and slice apples into ½-inch rings. Place in a shallow baking dish.

In a saucepan, combine and heat the remaining ingredients until sugar melts. Pour over the apples.

Bake for 15 minutes or until the apples are tender, turning rings to baste once or twice.


I have always enjoyed Spinach Salads with warm bacon dressing so I was intrigued by this recipe for a Warn Spinach and Orange Salad. Because oranges are available year round, this is a recipe you can use anytime that you want something rather than the standard tossed salad. This salad would be a quick, easy and healthy addition to your holiday meal.  

WARM SPINACH and ORANGE SALAD

(Serves 2)

½ 10-ounce bag fresh spinach, stems removed

1 orange, peeled and sectioned

¼ cup sliced almonds, toasted

2 tablespoons cider vinegar

1 ½ tablespoons orange juice

1 ½ tablespoons olive oil

1 ½ tablespoons honey

Combine first 3 ingredients in a large serving bowl.

Bring vinegar and next 3 ingredients to a boil in a small saucepan over medium heat. Pour over spinach mixture and toss. Serve immediately.  


One thing I remember from my childhood Christmases is homemade candies. We always had three different kinds of candy and they were really special because that was the only time during the year that my family cooked candy.

It’s a tradition that we’ve continued in our own family and one to which we all look forward. The recipes in today’s column are for these candies. The peanut brittle is the same one my Daddy always made and the seafoam is basically the same. The fudge recipe is one that Alan’s sister sent me – her comment on the bottom of the recipe is that it has never failed in five years.

If possible, I do prefer to make candy on clear days. I store the candies in airtight containers.

PEANUT BTITTLE

½ cup water

2 cups sugar

1 cup white Karo syrup

4 cups shelled peanuts (raw)

1 Tbl. soda

Place water, sugar, and syrup in a heavy sauce pan. I used the bottom of a pressure cooker. Let these ingredients come to a boil and reach 230 degrees. Add raw peanuts. Stir often to prevent sticking. Cook until peanuts are done and mixture reaches 300 degrees. Candy will pop and crack when stirred. Remove from stove and add soda. (Be sure to mash clumps from soda.) Stir until soda is well mixed in candy. Pour on a well buttered platter and let cool. Break into pieces.

It will take two big platters or cookie sheets. As soon as possible, lift around edges and pull to make it as thin as possible.

SEAFOAM CANDY

3 cups light brown sugar

1 cup water

1 Tbl. vinegar

1 tsp. vanilla

1 cup chopped pecans

2 egg whites

Combine sugar, water and vinegar. Stir over low heat until sugar dissolves. Cook without stirring to 250 degrees or until a small amount dropped in cold water forms a very firm but not a brittle ball. Slowly pour over stiffly beaten egg whites, beating constantly with a rotary beater until creamy. Add vanilla. Beat until mixture holds its shape. Add nuts. Quickly drop from teaspoon onto wax paper.

FUDGE

4 oz. chocolate

1 ¼ cups milk

3 cups sugar

1 Tbl. light Karo syrup

3 Tbl. butter

Dash of salt

1 ½ tsp. vanilla

1 cup chopped nuts

Combine chocolate and milk in large heavy skillet. Cook over low heat, stirring until smooth and blended. Stir in sugar, salt, and Karo. Cook without stirring until mixture reaches 236 degrees on a candy thermometer. Remove from heat. Add vanilla, butter, and nuts. Cool without stirring until lukewarm. Beat hard until it loses its gloss. Pour quickly onto buttered plate.

 


 

These Cheesy Sunflower Crisps are delicious. Once you have your ingredients on hand, these are quick and easy to prepare. I only baked about half of the dough and froze the rest. I’m looking forward to enjoying these later.

Before you begin baking these, be sure to taste your sunflower seed to be sure that they are fresh. If they aren’t, wait to try this recipe when you have good seeds.

CHEESY SUNFLOWER CRISPS

(Serves 12)

2 cups sharp cheddar cheese, shredded

1 cup Parmesan cheese, grated

½ cup sunflower oil margarine, softened (or any margarine)

3 tablespoons water

1 cup all-purpose flour

¼ teaspoon salt

½ teaspoon cayenne pepper or to taste

1 cup uncooked quick oats

2/3 cup roasted, salted sunflower seeds

Beat cheeses, margarine and water in a large bowl until well blended. Add flour, salt, and cayenne pepper; mix well.

Stir in oats and sunflower kernels; mix until well combined. Shape dough into a roll that is roughly 2-inches in diameter; wrap securely. Refrigerate at least 4 hours—overnight is better.

Preheat oven to 400 degrees. Lightly grease cookie sheets. Cut roll in 1/8 to ¼ inch slices. Place on prepared cookie sheets. Bake 9-11 minutes or until edges are light golden brown. Remove immediately; cool on a wire rack.


At the Chatham Camera Club’s 2008 Christmas party, Gwen Boyles brought Fruitcake Cookies that she has baked that I thought were delicious. They contained both pecans and pistachios which made them different from any that I had tasted before. Alan loves pistachios and he kept going back for one more cookie.

Because these are a slice and bake cookie in a shortbread like dough, these are very pretty cookies. I think this is a recipe that you may want to try this year. I predict that you will add these cookies to the list of things you need to cook for the holidays. 

FRUITCAKE COOKIES

(Serves 30)

2 ½ cups all-purpose flour

¼ teaspoon cream of tartar

½ pound butter, softened

1 cup confectioner’s sugar

1 egg

8 ounces candied pineapple or citron or (4 oz. of each)

8 ounces candied cherries (whole)

6 ounces whole pecans

1 cup shelled pistachios

Sift flour and cream of tartar together into a small bowl, set aside.

In a large mixing bowl, cream butter and confectioner’s sugar until smooth. Add egg and beat well. Add flour mixture and combine just tuntil thoroughly blended. Add remaining ingredients. Using a heavy spatula or clean hands, mix until all fruits and nuts are evenly distributed.

Divide dough in half. Place each half onto a sheet of wax paper. Shape each half into a log, approximately 10-12 inches long and 1 ½ inches in diameter. Wrap each log in wax paper. Freeeze for several hours until very firm.

Preheat oven to 350 degrees. Slice log into ¼ inch slices using a sharpe knife. If dough crumbles, refreeze. Place slices ½ inch apart on ungreased cookie sheet. Note: a nonstick cookie sheet or silicone baking mat is very helpful. Bake for 10-12 minutes or until edges are light golden brown. Cool on a wire rack.

Yield: 6-7 dozen cookies.


Turkey Carcass Soup was my Mother’s favorite way to use the last of the turkey and it has become the way we usually eat the last of the turkey. If you take the time to do this, you will have several delicious meals for later. We even use leftover turkey breast this way.  

TURKEY CARCASS SOUP

(Serves 10)

4 cups chopped leftover turkey

2 cans diced tomatoes

2 cans or packages shoe peg corn

1 can or package small limas

2 onions, diced

3 stalks celery, chopped

3 carrots, chopped

1 teaspoon salt

1 tablespoon sugar

1 tablespoon Worcestershire sauce

1 teaspoon vinegar

1 teaspoon black pepper, or to taste

Slice the remaining meat from the turkey and reserve for another use. Break the carcass apart, and cover with water and boil for about two hours or until the remaining meat comes free from the bones. Remove the bones and skins from broth and degrease your broth. If needed, chop any large pieces of turkey to bite sized pieces. Then just make the soup as you usually would adding anything you wnt such as potatoes, rice, turnips, cabbage, etc.

This soup freezes well so there is no excuse for wasting any part of the turkey. The amounts of vegetables and seasonings needed may vary depending on how big your turkey was. Often when I thaw a quart of soup to use later, I will dilute it with a can of tomato juice.

 


Last year Margaret gave me this recipe for a Sweet Onion Pudding that her friend and running partner Jen had given her. (This recipe originally appeared in Southern Living last fall.) Jen’s family all contribute different dishes for their Thanksgiving meal so Jen took two puddings for her contribution. She said the family loved it and there were no leftovers. Hope your family and friends enjoy this recipe as much as Jen’s did.

SWEET ONION PUDDING

(Serves 8)

6 large eggs

2 cups whipping cream

1 3-ounce package shredded Parmesan cheese

3 tablespoons all-purpose flour

2 tablespoons sugar

2 teaspoons baking powder

1 teaspoon salt

½ cup butter or margarine

6 medium-size sweet onions, thinly sliced

Lightly whisk eggs together and add whipping cream and shredded Parmesan cheese, blending well.

Combine flour, sugar, baking powder and salt. Gradually stir these dry ingredients into the egg mixture. Set aside.

Melt butter in a large skillet over medium heat; add onions. Cook, stirring often, 30 to 40 minutes or until they are caramelized. Remove them from heat.

Stir onions into the egg mixture; then spoon into a lightly greased 13x9x2 inch baking dish.

Bake at 350 degrees for 30 minutes or until pudding is set.


LaJeanne Pierce lent me her copy of Good Eats from Holden Beach, North Carolina. This is a collection of recipes by the Holden Beach Chapel. I imagine the cookbook is available at shops in the area or you can order a copy for $22.00 (includes shipping and handling) from Holden Beach Chapel. 107 Rothschild, Holden Beach, NC 28462.

I enjoyed looking at the cookbook and found several recipes that I plan on trying. The first recipe that I tried was this one for a Bundt Pan Squash Casserole. I could not quite decide what this would be but I was intrigued. Both of us really enjoyed this—I would describe it as actually being a cross between a casserole and a bread. I decided to add the Italian seasoning to the recipe and thought it was a good addition. I baked this in my large bundt pan but next time think I will try it in a small bundt pan and bake any leftover batter in a small loaf pan. This will be a fun recipe to play with.

BUNDT PAN SQUASH CASSEROLE

(Serves 10)

3 cups diced yellow squash

½ cup chopped onion

4 eggs, lightly beaten

½ cup vegetable oil

¾ cup shredded mozzarella cheese

½ cup grated Parmesan cheese

¼ teaspoon salt

1/8 teaspoon freshly ground black pepper

1 teaspoon Italian seasoning

1 cup Bisquick

Preheat oven to 350 degrees. Lightly grease a bundt pan.

Beat eggs and oil. Add salt, pepper, Italian seasoning and cheeses and stir. Fold in squash and onion. Add Bisquick and stir to combine.

Pour in prepared bundt pan and bake for 1 hour at 350 degrees.

Immediately turn out of pan onto serving platter. Slice to serve with a sharp knife.


I enjoyed these Tuna Burgers when we prepared them. In all honesty, I liked them more than Alan, but he doesn’t like salmon patties so I wasn’t surprised. Because I served them on buns with lettuce and tomatoes, he ate them without complaining.

Be sure to allow enough time to refrigerate the burgers before you cook them and cook them over a low to medium heat.

TUNA BURGERS

(Serves 4)

1 6-ounce package of water-packed tuna, drained

½ cup soft bread crumbs

½ cup finely chopped celery

2 tablespoons minced onion

1 tablespoon minced fresh dill weed

1/3 cup mayonnaise-type salad dressing

2 tablespoons chili sauce

1 teaspoon lemon juice

Flake drained tuna in a bowl. Add breadcrumbs, celery, onion, and dill; toss until mixed.

Blend together salad dressing, chili sauce, and lemon juice in a small bowl. Add to the tuna mixture; mix well. Shape into 4 patties. Cover and refrigerate for an hour before cooking.

Remove tuna patties from the refrigerator and lightly dust with flour. Place in a preheated, lightly oiled skillet. Cook over low to medium heat for 5 minutes on each side or until lightly browned.

Serve plain or on buns with lettuce and tomato.


Every time that I have been able to go I have always enjoyed the Pittsboro First United Methodist Church’s Annual Bazaar. I always try to get there early and join a lot of other people eagerly standing in line waiting to rush inside to stock their freezers and pantries with lots of goodies for the upcoming holiday season.

This year there is an even better reason to be an early bird because they will be selling their “hot off the press” cookbook Cooking with Faith II. I enjoyed reading some of the recipes last night and I predict that a lot of you will be purchasing multiple copies for Christmas gifts. The cookbook will be on sale at the Bazaar for $10 and I think it is a bargain.

The book contains recipes for many old favorites that you may have lost and can do longer find in newer cookbooks as well as new recipes that you will want to try.

I was given permission to share a couple of recipes from the cookbook with you and I had a hard time choosing which to use. I chose a recipe for Corn Chowder that Janet Farrell submitted in memory of her mother Maxine Farrell because I have always wanted a good corn chowder recipe and this certainly sounds like this one. The other recipe that I chose was one for a Pumpkin Crisp submitted by Pat Jacques. I was telling some people in my Sunday School class about it and everyone was intrigued by the idea. There is also an intriguing Casserole for Leftovers submitted by Faye Horne for the holidays that I am anxious to try.

The annual Bazaar is Friday, November 6, 2009 from 11 a.m. until 5 p.m. Barbeque and chicken salad plates and sandwiches, desserts and beverages will be available. The Pittsboro First United Methodist Church is located at 71 West Street (Highway 64) in downtown Pittsboro.

CORN CHOWDER

(Serves 6)

4 slices bacon, chopped

1 medium onion, chopped

2 cups diced potatoes

2 cups water

Salt and pepper to taste

2 cups cream style corn

1 ½ cups milk

½ cup evaporated milk or half and half

1 tablespoon butter

Sharp cheddar cheese, cubed

Saute bacon and onion; set aside. Boil potatoes in water until tender, about 15 minutes. Add remaining ingredients, except cheese. Simmer until heated through. Do not boil. Put cubed cheese in bowls. Ladle hot soup over cheese and serve.

PUMPKIN CRISP

2 15-oz. cans pumpkin

1 cup sugar

¾ c. evaporated milk

3 large eggs

1 tsp. cinnamon

1 tsp. pumpkin pie spice

1 tsp. vanilla extract

Preheat oven to 350 degrees. Lightly grease an 8-inch square baking dish. In a large bowl, whisk together pumpkin, sugar, evaporated milk, eggs, cinnamon, pumpkin pie spice and vanilla until smooth. Pour into prepared baking dish, sprinkle evenly with walnut crispy topping. Bake for 45 to 50 minutes until center is set and topping is golden brown. Serve warm with whipped cream.

Walnut Crisp Topping

¾ c. firmly packed light brown sugar

¾ c. quick cooking oats

¾ c. chopped walnuts

2 T. all purpose flour

¼ teaspoon cinnamon

6 T melted butter

In medium bowl, combine brown sugar, oats, walnuts, flour and cinnamon. Add melted butter, stirring until combined, sprinkle on pumpkin crisp. Follow instructions above.

 


I tried this Turnip Casserole recipe and both of us liked it. It was easy to prepare and you would probably have all the ingredients called for on hand. The turnips that I used did not have a distinct turnip flavor and I think flavorful turnips would make this casserole even better. (I bought some turnips at the Siler City Farmers Market this weekend that had a really good turnip flavor.)

TURNIP CASSEROLE

(Serves 8)

3 pounds fresh white turnips

5 slices of bacon

¼ cup butter, melted

2 teaspoons sugar

1 teaspoon salt

¼ teaspoon pepper

3 eggs beaten

1 teaspoon vinegar

1 cup bread crumbs

½ teaspoon paprika or as needed to lightly sprinkle over casserole.

Cook bacon and crumble. Reserve drippings and crumbled bacon.

Peel and dice turnips. Cook in boiling salted water seasoned with the reserved bacon drippings until turnips are tender. Drain.

Preheat oven to 375 degrees.

Combine melted butter, sugar, salt, pepper, beaten eggs, and vinegar; stir into the diced, cooked and drained turnips. Gently blend in the bread crumbs. Spoon into a greased casserole. Sprinkle with paprika. Bake 40 - 45 minutes. Sprinkle with crumbled bacon before removing from the oven.


Our neighbors went to the mountains last week and they returned with Stayman Winesap apples – their favorites. They shared some with us and it reminded me of how much I have always enjoyed this apple variety and they are especially good this fall.

The apples are a delicious snack but I decided to try baking some and tried this recipe for Baked Apple Rings. This recipe is a little different because it does not call for any butter and it doesn’t need any. The apples were yummy prepared like this. I want to try this recipe again and substitute nutmeg for the cloves because I really enjoy that flavor. Be creative and try different spice combinations.

BAKED APPLE RINGS

(Serves 6)

4 large baking apples

½ cup light brown sugar

½ teaspoon ground cloves

½ teaspoon ground cinnamon

½ cup honey

½ cup water

Preheat oven to 400 degrees.

Core and slice apples into ½-inch rings. Place in a shallow baking dish.

In a saucepan, combine and heat the remaining ingredients until sugar melts. Pour over the apples.

Bake for 15 minutes or until the apples are tender, turning rings to baste once or twice.

 


 

I found this recipe in a free publication at our hotel in Fernandina Beach on our last trip to Florida. I thought it sounded delicious and was anxious to try it. I’ve altered the recipe slightly and we both enjoyed it when I made it. I expect that this is a recipe that I will use often.

The number of people this will serve is going to depend on how big their appetite is for shrimp. Four people will be a stretch.

SHRIMP FERNANDINA

(Serves 3-4)

1 pound large shrimp, peeled and deveined (whether to leave

   the tails on is your choice)

1 tablespoon butter

2 teaspoons dry white wine

1 lemon – zest and juice

2 tablespoons mayonnaise

1/8 teaspoon salt or to taste

¼ teaspoon freshly ground black pepper or to taste

¼ cup Italian bread crumbs

¼ cup Parmesan cheese

¼ teaspoon paprika

Preheat oven to 350 degrees.

Melt butter and add white wine. Pour into a shallow casserole dish that has a cover. Place shrimp in a single layer in the casserole.

Mix mayonnaise, zest and juice of the lemon. Taste—if it is too lemony for you, add a little additional mayonnaise. Spread this mixture evenly over the shrimp.

Sprinkle evenly with breadcrumbs and Parmesan cheese. Sprinkle lightly with paprika.

Bake casserole covered for 10 minutes. Uncover and continue baking for about five minutes or until shrimp are done. Be careful not to overcook.


Mary Alice’s friend Karin Evans who lives in Anchorage, Alaska, sent this recipe to all her buddies from the days when her husband was still in the Air Force. I’ll let Karin’s comments on the recipe speak for themselves. “I had this side dish at Spencer’s soccer barbeque the other day. It took me everything I had to not stick my head in the bowl and eat it all. Yes, It was that good.” That is a strong endorsement for Cowboy Caviar.

COWBOY CAVIAR

(Serves 6)

1 11-ounce can white shoepeg corn, drained

1 15-ounce can black-eyed peas, drained

3 roma tomatoes, chopped

1 avacado, chopped (or 2 if you wish)

1/3 cup green onion, chopped

¼ cup olive oil

¼ teaspoon minced garlic

1/8 teaspoon black pepper

¼ cup garlic red wine vinegar

1 teaspoon cumin

Mix all dressing ingredients together and set aside.

Mix all vegetables together in a large bowl.

Add dressing and mix together.

If you can wait, give the mixture an hour or so for the flavors to really blend. The longer it sits, the better it tastes. But it’s delicious to eat right away cool.

Serve with corn chips as an hors d’oeuvre.

Karin says she rarely uses the exact ingredient amounts. She says it’s good to substitute black or red beans for the black-eyed peas. She has also used plain red wine vinegar in place of the garlic red wine vinegar. You can add hot sauce if you want it spicy. She always doubles this recipe, but not necessarily the dressing, and eats on it for days. She says it is good in burritos, pitas, or on top of salads, anything.


We have enjoyed this recipe for Banana Peanut Butter Bread. The flavors are very subtle with neither the banana or peanut butter flavor dominating. I sometimes find that the banana flavor can be a little too sweet or is almost overpowering so I especially liked this version of banana bread.

BANANA PEANUT BUTTER BREAD

(Serves 12)

½ cup butter, softened

1 cup sugar

2 eggs

½ cup smooth peanut butter

2 ripe bananas, mashed

2 cups all-purpose flour

1 teaspoon baking soda

½ cup chopped walnuts

Preheat oven  to 325 degrees. Lightly grease a 5x9 inch loaf pan.

In a large mixing bowl, cream together the butter and sugar. Add eggs; beat well. Stir in the peanut butter, bananas, flour and baking soda until blended. Fold in the walnuts.

Pour into the prepared pan. Bake at 325 degrees for 70 minutes or until a toothpick inserted into the center of the loaf comes out clean.

Remove to a wire rack to cool.

 


I tried this recipe for Cheese-stuffed Pattypan Squash recently and both of us liked it. I bought 2 small to medium pattypans although I did not weigh the squash, I found that the rest of the ingredients seemed to be in the right proportion. If you have a large pattypans, one squash will feed two or more people and the rest of the ingredients should be about right for a large squash. Just taste after you combine the pulp and cheeses and adjust amounts as needed. You may decide you need additional seasonings or breadcrumbs. You don’t want your stuffing to be runny.

CHEESE-STUFFED PATTYPAN SQUASH

(Serves 2)

1 pound pattypan squash

2 tablespoons butter

½ small onion, chopped

2 cloves garlic, minced

½ cup shredded Parmesan cheese

¼ teaspoon salt

¼ teaspoon freshly ground black pepper

¼ cup bread crumbs or more if needed

2 teaspoons chopped fresh parsley

Boil whole pattypan squash in water until tender. Remove from water and allow to cool slightly.

Cut off tops of squash and carefully scoop out the pulp.

Melt butter and saute onions and garlic in butter until onions are tender.

Combine onion-butter mixture with pulp, Parmesan cheese, salt and pepper and bread crumbs. Stuff shells with this mixture and sprinkle with the chopped parsley. Place on a lightly greased baking sheet.

Bake at 300 degrees for approximately 20 minutes or until squash are piping hot.


 

Jeff and Janet Davis told me about this easy and delicious dessert recipe for Grilled Bananas that they have been making this summer. They say everyone they have served it to love it so I asked them to share their recipe. I think you will enjoy trying this.

GRILLED BANANAS

Allow 1 banana per guest. Do not peel the bananas. Slice the bananas lengthwise through the skin but be careful to not cut all the way through the banana (just almost through). Squeeze banana slightly from end to end to open up slightly. 

Sprinkle chocolate morsels and small miniature marshmallows into the sliced open banana. The size of the banana and your taste will determine the amount of chocolate and marshmallows you need.

Wrap lightly with aluminum foil being careful to keep the foil raised up so that the marshmallows will not stick to the foil while cooking. Place on a heated grill for roughly 15 minutes.  

Let each guest top his banana with whipped cream, cherries, nuts, etc. or whatever they want for a quick dessert.


Alan created this barbeque sauce to use on ribs (although it should also be good on chicken). He had seen a sauce similar to this on a TV cooking show. All of the ingredients are ones that you probably have on your shelves. He used plum jam that he bought from Joan Thompson at our local Farmer’s Market. Simple prepare meaty baby back ribs by your favorite technique and then finish them on a grill using the Plum Sticky Barbeque Sauce. This is a good recipe for your Labor Day Barbeque.

PLUM STICKY BARBEQUE SAUCE

(Serves 8)

¾ cup catsup

¼ cup cider vinegar

1 teaspoon Worcestershire sauce

½ cup light brown sugar

1/8 teaspoon cayenne pepper

½ teaspoon salt

¼ teaspoon freshly ground black pepper

2 tablespoons (heaping) plum jam (I use Joan Thompson’s plum jam from the Farmer’s Market)

Place all the ingredients in a small saucepan and bring to a boil. Immediately cut off heat and cool before using.

 


For the first time in several years we have had a bumper crop of basil. I decided to try this recipe for a Spinach Pesto which uses equal parts of fresh baby spinach and fresh basil leaves. After I prepared the pesto I boiled just enough small pasta--I used wagon wheels because that happened to be what I had on hand—for the two of us and tossed with with about 2 tablespoons of the pesto. It was really tasty. I froze the rest in an ice cube tray to enjoy later. Serve the pasta warm as a side dish or add other ingredients and use it as an alternative to potato salad.

SPINACH PESTO

(Serves 12)

2 cups fresh baby spinach

2 cups loosely packed basil leaves

1 cup grated Romano cheese

2 tablespoons fresh oregano

2 teaspoons minced garlic

½ teaspoon salt

½ cup chopped walnuts, toasted

1 tablespoon lemon juice

2 teaspoons grated lemon peel

1 cup olive oil

Place the first six ingredients in a food processor; cover and pulse until chopped. Add the walnuts, lemon juice and peel; cover and process until blended. While processing, gradually add olive oil in a steady stream.

Serve the desired amount of pesto with hot cooked pasta or cool after mixing and add other ingredients and serve as a side salad.

Transfer the remaining pesto sauce to ice cube trays. Cover and freeze for up to 1 month.

To use froze pesto: thaw in the refrigerator for 3 hours. 


Last week Gloria Lee sent me this recipe. She says that not only is it delicidou but receives extra nice comments upon presentation. She thinks it is probably the best summer recipe that she has ever tried. Floria believes that even people who say that they do not like egg salad will like this because they never really taste that much egg.

If you try this recipe it is absolutely necessary that you use real crab meat NOT the artificial stuff. Gloria gets her crabmeat from Sam’s of Cosco even though she lives at the beach. She uses the pasteurized fresh crab meat and says that although it is a little pricey it is worth it for a special dinner. She thinks of it as a summer recipe because good fresh tomatoes help to make it so tasty.

I tried this recipe this week and it was yummy. (This is a knife and fork sandwich.)

CRABMEAT SANDWICH

1 cup mayonnaise

2 tablespoons chili sauce

1 to 2 tablespoons chopped green onion

1 tablespoon chopped green pepper

1 egg boiled and finely chopped

Combine these sauce ingredients and refrigerate overnight.

        Egg Salad

Make a good egg salad using 1 egg for each person that you are plannning to serve. Gloria did not include a recipe for egg salad but says that she chops the eggs finely and mixes with mayonnaise, mustard, a little vinegar, salt, pepper and a little pickle juice and mixes until it is smooth and creamy. (Alan made egg salad when we tried this by the old add and stir and taste method. Just use your favorite egg salad recipe.) Make 1 sandwich per serving and wrap the sandwiches tightly in plastic wrap and refrigerate. Gloria suggests using Very Thin or Thin White Pepperidge Farm Sandwich bread.

When you are ready to serve, place a piece of lettuce on each plate and top with tomato slices. Top the tomatoes with a sandwich. Top each sandwich with a generous amount of fresh crab meat and spoon the sauce over the top of the crabmeat.

Gloria says she has not tried it but that you can use shrimp or if you cannot eat seafood, try chicken. She served this with cantaloupe and crisp pickles.


Years ago Congo Bars were a popular bar cookie but people don’t seem to make them as much now—probably because there are such good chocolate brownie mixes available. I used this recipe and made some recently using my convection oven to bake them and I was really pleased with how they turned out. The secret of success with this recipe is to not overcook them—start checking them before they are supposed to be done. Rather than sticking a cake tester in the center of the pan when you are testing these, stick it in about 2 inches from the edge. Remember they are going to contiue to cook for a few minutes after you remove them from the oven. I like to cut the bars into squares before they completely cool. I used an 8 x 16-inch pan and cut 72 squares.

CONGO BARS

(Serves 15)

2 ¼ cups sifted flour

2 ½ teaspoons baking powder

½ teaspoon salt

½ cup shortening or butter

1 lb. light brown sugar

3 eggs

1 teaspoon vanilla

1 cup chopped nuts (pecans or walnuts)

1 6-ounce package chocolate chips

Mix and sift flour, baking powder and salt.

Melt butter or shortening. Add brown sugar to butter mixture. Allow to cool slightly. Add eggs, one at a time, beating well after each addition. Add dry ingredients, nuts, chocolate chips and vanilla.

Pour into a greased pan about 10 x 15 inches.

Bake at 350 degrees for about 25 minutes. Begin checking about 5 minutes before this.

For a convection oven, bake at 325 on convection bake for about 20 minutes.  

 


Several weeks ago I prepared this recipe for Veal Scaloppini in Lemon Sauce that I found in an old Southern Living Annual Recipes. I served this over rice and both of us enjoyed this dish. I am looking forward to trying this technique with chicken breasts. 

VEAL SCALOPPINE in LEMON SAUCE

(Serves 4)

1 ¼ pounds veal cutlets

1/3 cup all-purpose flour

½ teaspoon salt

¼ teaspoon freshly ground pepper

3 tablespoons butter or margarine, divided

1 tablespoon olive oil

½ cup dry white wine

3 tablespoons lemon juice

2 tablespoons chopped fresh parsley

1 large garlic clove, pressed

2 tablespoons capers

Press veal between 2 sheets of heavy duty plastic wrap, and flatten veal to 1/4-inch thickness, using a meat mallet or rolling pin.

Combine flour, salt, and pepper; dredge veal in mixture.

Melt 2 tablespoons butter with oil in a large skillet over medium-high heat; add veal and cook, in batches, 1 minute on each side or until golden. Remove from skillet, and keep warm.

Add remaining 1 tablespoon butter, wine, and lemon juice to skillet, stirring to loosen browned particles. Cook until thoroughly heated.

Stir in parsley, garlic, and capers; spoon over veal. Serve immediately.

May substitute 4 skinned and boned chicken breast halves for veal. Cook chicken 3 minutes on each side.  


I tried this Two Bean and Corn Salad recently and we both enjoyed it. I think if you preferred you could make this with two cans of black beans if that was what you happened to have on hand, but I would not try it without at least one can of black beans.

If you are not certain that you like cilantro simply reduce the amount called for to a tablespoon or two. You could even try using parsley instead but that will give the salad a different flavor.

This recipe makes a lot so you will have enough to share or  a big bowl to take to a covered dish meal.  

TWO-BEAN and CORN SALAD

(Serves 10)

1/3 cup olive oil

2 tablespoons balsamic vinegar

1 teaspoon ground cumin

1 15-ounce can Great Northern Beans, rinsed and drained

1 15-ounce can black beans, rinsed and drained

3 celery stalks, chopped

2 cups frozen corn kernels, thawed

1 medium-sized red bell pepper, chopped

1 cup chopped red onion

¼ cup chopped fresh cilantro

2 small jalapenos chilies, seeded and chopped

Whisk oil, vinegar and cumin in a large bowl to blend.

Add remaining ingredients and toss to coat. Season salad with salt and pepper to taste.

Place in refrigerator and chill for at least 6 hours, tossing occasionally.

I thought this was equally as good or perhaps better the next day.


If we are lucky enough to be able to harvest our cherry tomatoes before something else gets them, I’ll be making this Baked Cherry Tomato recipe that I tried recently, often this summer. This is easy, delicious, and colorful. Try it while local cherry tomatoes are available.

BAKED CHERRY TOMATOES WITH PARMESAN TOPPING

(Serves 6)

2 tablespoons extra-virgin olive oil

2 12-ounce baskets cherry tomatoes

1 teaspoon salt

1 teaspoon freshly ground black pepper

¼ cup chopped fresh parsley

¼ cup freshly grated Parmesan cheese

Pour oil into a broilerproof ceramic baking dish. You want to select a size of dish that will keep the tomatoes from rolling around too much without actually packing them in.

Place tomatoes in dish; turn them to generously coat them with oil. Sprinkle with salt and pepper. Top with parsley and Parmesan cheese. (This recipe can be made a day ahead to this point. Cover; chill.)

Preheat oven to 400 degrees. If you have prepared the dish ahead, allow it to come to room temperature. Bake tomatoes, just until plump and shiny, but not split, about 8-10 minutes. Remove dish from oven.

Preheat broiler. Broil until tomatoes begin to split and cheese begins to color, about 2 minutes. Serve warm.  


While good fresh corn is available locally, why not try these two recipes that appeared in this column years ago. They are truly golden oldies – something just a little different when you are tired of corn on the cob.

CORN FRITTERS

(Serves 4)

1 cup corn, fresh, cut from the cob

2 eggs, slightly beaten

½ cup all-purpose flour

½ teaspoon baking powder

¼ teaspoon salt

Combine the corn with the eggs. Stir in the flour, baking powder and salt. If the batter is too thin, add a bit more flour, if it is too thick, add a little milk. Mix the batter until smooth. Drop by heaping tablespoons onto a greased griddle and fry like pancakes. Servce with meat or alone with syrup or molasses. (Kitchen Kapers 07-22-82)

CORN and SQUASH SAUTE

(Serves 4)

2 ears corn, cut from the cob

3 yellow summer squash, diced

2 green onions, chopped, including tops

3 tablespoons butter

½ teaspoon salt

¼ teaspoon pepper

Melt butter in a skillet and add the remaining ingredients. Saute slowly until the squash is tender – about 10-15 minutes.


Some friends brought us some fresh cucumbers recently so I used some of them to fix these Marinated Cucumbers. They were delicious and something that I will definitely fix again.

MARINATED CUCUMBERS

(Serves 8)

4 cups cucumbers, peeled and sliced

1 sweet onion, sliced

¾ cup sugar

1 cup water

½ cup cider vinegar

½ cup vegetable oil

1 teaspoon celery seed

Cover sliced cucumbers and onions with ice water and soak for 1-2 hours.

Heat sugar and 1 cup water stirring until sugar is completely dissolved.

Remove from heat and let cool.

Drain cucumbers and onion. Add vinegar, oil and celery seed to cooled sugar-water. Pour this mixture over cucumbers and onion. Refrigerate overnight before serving.

 


Alan and I tried this recipe for a Bourbon and Brown Sugar Flank Steak last weekend and agreed that this is something you might want to try for a 4th of July cookout. We substituted a London Broil for the flank steak which is perfectly acceptable but it will be better than a flank steak. Because it was so hot, we opted for a pasta salad rather than the mashed potatoes (potato salad would be good, too) but we did make the sauce to serve with the steak. I think sliced steak served open-faced on a piece of buttered, toasted sour dough bread with the sauce would make a great use of leftovers—if you have any.

BOURBON and BROWN SUGAR FLANK STEAK

With GARLIC-CHIVE MASHED POTATOES

(Serves 6-8)

¼ cup packed dark brown sugar

¼ cup minced green onions

¼ cup bourbon

¼ cup low-sodium soy sauce

¼ cup Dijon mustard

½ teaspoon freshly ground black pepper

¼ teaspoon Worchestershire sauce

1 2-pound flank steak, trimmed

 

½ teaspoon cornstarch

 

3 pounds small red potatoes

6 garlic cloves, peeled

½ cup reduced fat sour cream

1/3 cup 2% reduced fat milk

2 ½ tablespoons butter

1 teaspoon salt

¼ teaspoon freshly-ground black pepper

¼ cup chopped fresh chives

To prepare steak, combine first 7 ingredients in a large zip-lock plastic bag; add steak. Seal and marinate in refrigerator 8 hours or overnight, turning bag occasionally. Remove steak from bag, reserving marinade.

Prepare grill.

Place steak on grill rack coated with cooking spray; grill 5 minutes on each side or until the desired degree of doneness is reached. Remove from heat. Let stand 10 minutes before cutting diagonally across grain into thin slices.

Combine reserved marinade and cornstarch in a saucepan. Bring to a boil; cook 1 minute, stirring constantly.

To prepare potatoes, place potatoes and garlic in a large Dutch oven; cover with water. Bring to a boil. Reduce heat; simmer 30 minutes or until tender. Drain.

Return potatoes and garlic to pan, and place over medium heat. Add sour cream, milk, butter, salt and ¼ teaspoon pepper. Mash potato mixture with potato masher. Stir in chopped chives.

Serve plates and drizzle sauce over potatoes and steak.

Garnish with pieces of chives if desired.

 


 

I tried this Zucchini Casserole recently and both of us enjoyed it. This recipe will make a large casserole that will feed 10 to 12 people (or more) very generously. When I make this again for just the two of us, I will use 1 zucchini and 1 tomato and reduce the rest of the ingredients accordingly.

When you read the recipe your first response will probably be that I have left out some ingredients but I have not and that is the beauty of this recipe. I used the Pepperidge Farm zesty Italian croutons and if you use these you may want to reduce the amount of Italian seasoning that you use.

ZUCCHINI CASSEROLE

(Serves 6)

3 medium zucchini, cubed (do not peel)

3 fresh tomatoes, seeded and cubed

½ pound mushrooms, sliced

1 small finely chopped onion

1 green pepper, diced

8 ounces, grated mozzarella cheese

½ teaspoon salt

1 teaspoon Italian seasoning

1 box Pepperidge croutons

3 tablespoons butter

1 5-ounce package of shredded Parmesan cheese

Prepare vegetables. Gently mix all ingredients except butter together and place in a large greased shallow casserole dish.

Slice butter on top of the casserole and cover. Bake for 30 to 40 minutes or until the zucchini is crisp tender. Uncover, add Parmesan cheese and bake a very few minutes or until the Parmesan just melts.


Mary Alice sent me the recipe for this Mango Chutney Pasta Salad that a friend of hers had served recently. She thought that the salad was delicious and one that people who read this column might want to try. I have not made it myself but I think it sounds yummy and is certainly a good hot weather dish.

MANGO CHUTNEY PASTA SALAD

1 16-ounce package penne pasta, cooked to al dente

3 cups bite sized broccoli florets, steamed until just crisp tender

3-4 chicken breast halves cooked and cut into bite sized pieces

1 large red bell peper, julienned

 

1 cup plain yogurt

1 cup mayonnaise

1 12-ounce jar mango chutney

2 tablespoons mild curry powder

 

1-2 tablespoons honey

1 tablespoon lemon juice or to taste

Salt to taste

Freshly ground black pepper to taste

Combine ground black pepper to taste.

Combine pasta, chicken and all vegetables in a bowl.

Combine the next four ingredients in a small bowl and then toss with the pasta.

Add honey, lemon juice, salt and pepper to taste. Chill for at least two hours before serving.

 


A couple of weeks ago I made these Blueberry Blintz-Style Pancakes. I actually made them for supper on a cooler day but had some leftovers so I was able to try reheating them for breakfast. The cottage cheese plus the four eggs give these pancakes a different texture from regular pancakes but we both really enjoyed them. I reheated the pancakes for breakfast for about 50 seconds on 50% power in my microwave and I thought they were just as good then. This recipe is also good because the cottage cheese gives the pancakes some extra protein. 

BLUEBERRY BLINTZ-STYLE PANCAKES

(Serves 4)

1 cup all-purpose flour

2 tablespoons sugar

½ teaspoon salt

1 cup small curd cottage cheese

1 cup sour cream

4 large eggs, well beaten

1 cup blueberries

In a large bowl, sift together dry ingredients.

Lightly beat eggs. Add beaten eggs, cottage cheese, and sour cream to the dry ingredients. Stir until just combined.

Fold in blueberries.

Cook on a hot greased (with oil not butter) griddle, turning only once.

Stack on a plate, butter and serve with warm maple or blueberry syrup.

 


Mary Alice passed along this recipe for Asian Meatloaf recently. She and Steve had a dish similar to this at dinners-to go-type-place recently and enjoyed it so much that she decided to search the internet for a similar recipe. She found this recipe on the Cooking Light web site and decided to try it. She said she was very happy with the results. Because she didn’t have any of the rice crackers on hand, she substituted the Panko bread crumbs.

ASIAN MEATLOAF

(Serves 4)

1 3 ½ ounce package plain rice crackers such as ka-me

1 pound ground turkey

½ pound lean ground pork

1 cup chopped green onions

½ cup hoisin sauce, divided

½ cup chopped red pepper

½ cup chopped canned water chestnuts

1 tablespoon low-sodium soy sauce

1 tablespoon grated fresh ginger

¼ teaspoon salt

3 cloves garlic, minced

2 large egg whites

Preheat oven to 350 degrees.

Place crackers in a food processor; process until finely chopped. (If you can’t find rice crackers, substitute 4 ounces of Panko bread crumbs.)

Combine cracker crumbs, turkey, pork, green onions, ¼ cup of the hoisin sauce and remaining ingredients in a large bowl.

Shape mixture into 6 loaves and place on a broiler pan coated with cooking spray. Spread 2 teaspoons hoisin sauce over the top of each meat loaf. Bake at 350 degrees for 45 minutes or until a meat thermometer registers 165 degrees. Remove from oven and let stand for 5 minutes before serving.

 


 

Several weeks ago I tried this recipe for a Blackberry-Lemon Upside-Down Cake that I found in Cooking with Wild Berries of Down East Maine (available from the Bar Harbor Jam Company along with other gourmet products). The cake was delicious. Alan looked at it and immediately headed to the grocery store because it called for vanilla ice cream. This certainly made a yummy combination but I think the cake is good enough that it doesn’t need anything else. When I ate the cake the next day I heated a single serving in the microwave at 50% power for about 25 seconds--be careful because you don’t want to ruin the texture of the cake.

When I made the cake I used blackberries that I had purchased in the grocery store. They have certainly been readily available this spring and I have been enjoying them. I did not have a 9-inch round cake pan so substituted a 9-inch square pan. This is a recipe that I will use again.

BLACKBERRY-LEMON UPSIDE-DOWN CAKE

(Serves 9)

2 teaspoons melted butter

1/3 cup packed light brown sugar

1 ½ teaspoon grated lemon zest

2 cups fresh blackberries

1 ¼ cups flour

1 ½ teaspoon baking powder

¼ teaspoon salt

2/3 cup sugar

2 tablespoons butter, softened

1 large egg

¾ teaspoon vanilla

½ cup milk

Preheat oven to 350 degrees. Put 2 teaspoons of melted butter in the bottom of a 9-inch cake pan and swirl to coat pan. Sprinkle with the brown sugar and evenly spread lemon zest over sugar. Sprinkle evenly with blackberries and set aside.

In a large bowl, combine flour, baking powder and salt.

In a large bowl, beat the sugar and softened butter at medium speed of an electric mixer until well-blended. Add egg and vanilla and beat well. Alternately add flour mixture and milk to the sugar and egg mixture, beginning and ending with the flour mixture. Blend well. Spoon batter over the blackberries.

Bake at 350 degrees for 40 minutes or until a cake tester placed in the center comes out clean. Cool on a wire rack for 5 minutes. Loosen the edges with a knife. Place a plate on top of the cake pan and invert onto plate.

 


 

Last summer I tried this recipe for fresh Asparagus Baked with Goat Cheese and Bread Crumbs and I thought this was an absolutely scrumptious combination of flavors. This is easy to prepare—just be sure to watch it carefully because asparagus cooks so quickly and you don’t want mushy asparagus.

ASPARAGUS/BAKED with GOAT CHEESE

and BREAD CRUMBS

(Serves 6)

1½ pounds large asparagus spears, trimmed

2½ tablespoons butter, melted and divided

2 ounces fresh white goat cheese, crumbled into bits

    (about ½ cup)

½ cup fresh white bread crumbs

Coat the asparagus spears with 1½ tablespoons of the melted butter, then salt lightly. (I did this in a zip-lock bag because it was easy to really coat the asparagus using this technique.) Arrange the asparagus spears in an oven-to-table shallow baking dish large enough to hold the asparagus in one layer. Evely distribute the cheese bits over the asparagus, then sprinkle with the bread crumbs. Evenly drizzle the remaining 1 tablespoon melted butter over the bread crumbs. Bake at 400 degrees until asparagus in tender-crisp and the bread crumbs are lightly browned, about 10 minutes. 

 


 

I tried this recipe for Chicken and Mushrooms recently and both of us think this recipe is a winner. The flavor is delicious and it is so quick and easy to prepare. I even used a package of presliced mushrooms to make things even easier. I found that I was able to slice a breast into medallions and layer it on a serving of rice. One larger breast half actually fed two of us, so depending on the size of your appetite, you might want to halve this recipe. I have a feeling that this recipe is going to be used often in our home. 

CHICKEN and MUSHROOMS

(Serves 4)

4 chicken breast halves, skinned and boned

5 tablespoons Worcestershire

5 tablespoons Dijon mustard

3 tablespoons vegetable oil

2 tablespoons chicken broth or water

½ pound mushrooms, sliced (or more if desired)

If your chicken breasts are very large, pound them a couple of times to help tenderize them and speed the cooking process.

Combine Worcestershire, mustard, broth or water, and oil in a large skillet. Add mushrooms and cook over medium heat just until they begin to release their liquid (2 to 3 minutes).

Arrange chicken on top of mushrooms, cover and cook for 5 minutes. Turn chicken and stir, combing with mushrooms. Cover and cook another 5 minutes or until chicken is thoroughly cooked. Uncover the chicken midway through the final cooking period.

If you decide you want a little more sauce, add a little more chicken broth or water during the last 5 minutes of cooking.

 


 

I prepared these Chilled Dilly Peas recently and they have a wonderful flavor. This is so easy to assemble that it makes a good addition for any meal, but especially if you want something extra for a buffet or covered dish.

CHILLED DILLY PEAS

(Serves 4)

2 cups frozen small green peas, defrosted and brought to

    room temperature

½ cup sour cream

2 tablespoons chopped fresh chives

2 tablespoons chopped fresh dillweed

1/8 teaspoon salt or to taste

¼ teaspoon curry powder

Place frozen peas in colander and allow to defrost, drain and come to room temperature.

Combine remaining ingredients and stir well.

Place peas in a bowl and pour sauce over them. Toss gently. Cover and chill for at least 2 hours before serving.


 

Strawberry season is here once more. Several weeks ago I tried this recipe for Strawberry Muffins with some Florida berries that I had bought. Both of us thought that this recipe was a winner. I used standard sized muffin tins (not the oversized ones) and I wound up with more than 12 muffins so have an extra tin on hand in case you need it. The leftover muffins kept beautifully for a week in the refrigerator. I reheated them in my toaster oven and they were as good later as they were they day I made them. Furthermore, I’m sure they muffins will be even better with local strawberries, but try to use a firmer berry when you try this recipe.

STRAWBERRY MUFFINS

(Serves 12)

½ cup butter, softened

1 cup sugar

2 eggs

2 cups flour

2 teaspoons baking powder

¼ teaspoon salt

2/3 cup milk

1 teaspoon grated lemon rind

1 cup fresh strawberries, chopped

1 tablespoon cinnamon sugar

Preheat oven to 375 degrees. Grease or line the muffin pans. (I used regular sized muffin pans.)

Cream butter in a large bowl; gradually add sugar and eggs, beating until light and fluffy.

Sift together flour, baking powder and the salt. Add to creamed mixture alternately with the milk, beginning and ending with dry ingredients.

Stir in the lemon rind and gently fold in the strawberries.

Spoon the batter into muffin pans, filling each 2/3 full. Sprinkle cinnamon sugar lightly over the top of the batter.

Bake for 15 to 18 minutes or until lightly browned.


 

Gloria Lee also sent me this recipe for a Hot Fudge Cake that I think sounds absolutely delicious. What can I say? I do have a weakness for dishes that combine chocolate and brown sugar—especially if they’re served warm. I think a lot of you are going to enjoy this recipe.

HOT FUDGE CAKE

(Serves 9)

1 cup all-purpose flour

¾ cup white sugar

6 tablespoons cocoa, divided

2 teaspoons baking powder

¼ teaspoon salt

½ cup milk

2 tablespoons vegetable oil

1 teaspoon vanilla

1 cup packed brown sugar

1 ¾ cup boiling water

Preheat oven to 350 degrees.

Combine flour, white sugar, and ONLY 2 tablespoons of cocoa, baking powder, and salt.

Stir in milk, oil, and vanilla and combine until smooth.

Spread in an un-greased 9-inch baking pan.

Combine brown sugar and remaining 4 tablespoons cocoa and sprinkle over the batter.

Pour boiling water over all. Do not stir!

Bake for 35 to 40 minutes.

Serve warm topped with whipped cream or ice cream. When you serve this, turn it over on your plate and the chocolate syrup will be on top.

 


 

Gloria Lee recently sent me this recipe for a Tropical Chicken Salad. A friend of hers had served it at a luncheon recently and Gloria says it is delicious. Gloria said her friend served it with a zucchini quiche but Gloria thinks any vegetable quiche would be good with it. This will be a great salad to serve during the spring and summer months.

TROPICAL CHICKEN SALAD

(Serves 6)

2 cups cubed cooked chicken

1 cup chopped celery

1 cup mayonnaise

½ teaspoon curry powder (more if desired)

1 20-ounce can chunk pineapple, drained (save juice)

1 11-ounce can mandarin oranges, drained (save juice)

2 large firm bananas, sliced and put in saved juice to soak (you can add a little lemon juice to the reserved juices)

½ cup flaked coconut

¾ cup toasted almonds

Place chicken and celery in a large bowl. Combine mayonnaise and curry powder and add to the chicken mixture and mix well. Cover and chill for at least 30 minutes.

Before serving add drained bananas, mandarin oranges, and coconut. Stir gently to combine.

Serve on lettuce or spinach leaves. Sprinkle with toast almonds.


 

Mary Alice sent me this recipe for a Cranberry Pork Roast that a friend of hers had served at a dinner recently. Mary Alice thought it was so good that she asked her friend to email her the recipe and she passed it along to me. I thought that because it was prepared in a slow cooker, some of you might be interested in trying it for Easter since with multiple church services and celebrations with children, you cooking and preparation time are probably limited. Happy Easter! 

CRANBERRY PORK ROAST

(Serves 6)

1 boneless pork roast (2 ½ to 3 pounds)

1 16-ounce can jellied cranberry sauce

½ cup sugar

½ cup cranberry juice

1 teaspoon dry mustard

¼ teaspoon ground cloves

2 tablespoons cornstarch

2 tablespoons cold water

Place pork roast in slow cooker. In a medium bowl, mash cranberry sauce; stir in sugar, cranberry juice, mustard and cloves. Pour over the roast.

Cover and cook on low for 6 to 8 hours or until meat is tender. Remove roast to a platter and keep warm. Skim fat from juices; discard.

Add cooking juices to a 2-cup measuring cup, adding water if necessary to equal 2 cups total liquid. Pour into a saucepan and bring to a boil over medium-high heat. Combine cornstarch and cold water to make a paste; stir into the saucepan. Cook and stir until thickened. Season with salt to taste. Serve over the sliced pork.


 

Several weeks ago I tried this recipe for Wheat Bread with Walnuts. I was very pleased with the results. It was quick and easy to assemble and I liked the texture of this wheat bread. The bread had just enough sweetness that a small piece satisfied me when I felt that I needed something that was just a little sweet. Although I like the flavor that the walnuts gave the bread, if I did not have any on hand, I would not hesitate to substitute pecans.

WHEAT BREAD with WALNUTS

(Serves 10)

1 ½ cups unbleached flour

1 cup whole wheat flour

2 teaspoons baking powder

¾ teaspoon salt

½ cup wheat germ

1 cup firmly packed dark brown sugar

1 teaspoon ground cinnamon

½ teaspoon ground nutmeg

½ cup coarsely chopped walnuts

 

2 eggs, beaten

1 ¼ cups milk

½ cup butter or margarine, melted

 

Combine the first 9 ingredients in a large mixing bowl, stirring well.

Combine eggs, milk, and butter; add to dry ingredients, stirring just until moistened. Spoon batter into a greased and floured 8 ½ x 4 ½ x 3 inch loaf-pans.

Bake at 350 degrees for 50 to 55 minutes or until a wooden pick inserted in the center of the loaf comes out clean.

Cool in pan for 10 minutes on a wire rack. Remove from pan and allow to finish cooling before wrapping for storage. 

 


 

Several weeks ago I tried this recipe for a Bruschetta Dip. We both thought it was delicious.

After I mixed the cheeses I divided the mixture in thirds. I placed one part in a small round baking dish and heated it. I froze the rest of the cheese mixture to use later.

I halved the topping ingredients and found that I had extras.

We did not use all of the dip so I stirred it all together and refrigerated it. We used this as a cold spread for crackers and sliced zucchini. Alan actually preferred the cold version.

BRUSCHETTA DIP

(Serves 12)

2 8-ounce packages garden vegetable cream cheese

1 8-ounce package plain cream cheese

6 Roma tomatoes, seeded and chopped

2 cloves minced garlic

1 medium onion, chopped

3 tablespoons olive oil

2 tablespoons balsamic vinegar

Salt and pepper to taste

1 baguette of French Bread, thinly sliced

 

Preheat oven to 350 degrees.

In a pyrex baking dish, combine the plain and vegetable cream cheeses and bake for 20-25 minutes, or until hot.

In a sauté pan, heat olive oil, add onions and garlic, and cook until the onions are transparent. Add chopped tomatoes and cook for about 5 minutes until the tomatoes are soft but not mushy.

Add salt and pepper to taste. Drizzle vinegar on top of tomato mixture and mix thoroughly. Spread on top of cooked cream cheese.

Serve immediately with French bread. If you wish, brush the bread slices with olive oil and very lightly toast in the oven.

 


 

When we went to Margaret’s at Christmas, we took the round about way in order to avoid having to drive such a long stretch on I-95. We made a stop at a small country store that obviously catered to tourist in South Carolina and I saw a little specialty rice cookbook – Oscar Vick Cooks Rice from the Rice and Seafood Recipes from the Low Country of South Carolina series. Of course I bought it.

When I came home and was looking through the cookbook I saw this recipe for Cream of Rice Soup and it immediately jogged vague memories of my Mom making a Chicken and Rice soup and adding hard-boiled eggs. During our snow week I tried the recipe and I liked it. I used the fat-free half and half when I made it and if I had had some leftover baked chicken I might have added a little. This is super easy and a great and inexpensive way to use leftover rice.

The cookbook really has some interesting recipes that I am looking forward to trying. The next time I cook rice I am going to reserve two cups before I serve it so I can try a rice pudding recipe from the book.

LOWCOUNTRY-STYLE CREAM of RICE SOUP

(Serves 4)

2 cups half & half

2 tablespoons melted butter

2 tablespoons chopped fresh parsley

1 teaspoon garlic salt

2 diced hard-boiled eggs

2 cups chicken broth

2 cups cooked long grain rice

½ teaspoon cracked black pepper, or to taste

Place chicken broth in a saucepan. Add the parsley and butter. Bring to a boil and reduce to simmer as you add the rest of the ingredients. Simmer gently for 10 minutes. Taste and adjust the seasonings as needed. Serve and enjoy.

I think a little chopped cooked chicken would be good in this.

 


 

We tried this Irish Stew recipe several weeks ago and both of us enjoyed it. It is very easy to assemble. You could even prepare this recipe ahead, up to the point where you add your vegetables. Refrigerate it at this point. Then bring it back to a simmer and add the vegetables. This way you can easily remove the grease that has coagulated while the stew was in the refrigerator.

Hope you will enjoy this stew as the main course for your St. Patrick’s Day celebration. 

IRISH STEW

(Serves 6-8)

1 cup dry red wine

2 cloves garlic, minced

2 bay leaves

1 teaspoon salt

½ teaspoon freshly ground black pepper

¼ teaspoon dried whole thyme

3 pounds lean beef for stewing, cut into cubes

 

¼ cup olive oil

1 10-1/2 ounce can condensed beef broth

1 ¼ cups Guiness Stout or other dark beer

2 tablespoons tomato paste

6 carrots, scraped and cut into 2-inch slices

12 small boiling onions

6 medium potatoes, peeled and halved

 

Combine first six ingredients, stirring to dissolve salt. Pour over beef cubes in a shallow dish. Cover and refrigerate for 8 hours.

Drain meat, reserving marinade. Remove and discard bay leaves.

Heat oil in a Dutch oven over medium heat; brown beef in oil.

Add broth, stout, tomato paste, and reserved marinade. Cover, reduce heat and simmer for 1 ½ hours. Taste and adjust seasoning, You may want more salt and pepper.

Add carrots, onions, and potatoes; cover and cook for 30 minutes or until the vegetables are done.

 

 


 

I tried this recipe for Asparagus roasted with Yukon Gold Potatoes and Parmesan cheese and we both thought this was a winner. This is very easy to prepare and you are literally preparing two vegetables in one pan. I’ll use this recipe frequently.

ASPARAGUS ROASTED POTATOES and PARMESAN

(Serves 4)

1 pound asparagus, tough ends trimmed

1 pound Yukon Gold potatoes

3 tablespoons extra virgin olive oil

½ teaspoon salt

½ teaspoon pepper

¼ cup grated Parmigiana-Reggiano cheese

Place rack in upper third of oven. Preheat oven to 450 degrees.

Cut asparagus and potatoes into 1-inch pieces

Toss together asparagus, potatoes, oil and salt and pepper in a zip-lock bag.

Spread vegetables in a large shallow baking pan, spreading evenly. Roast, stirring once, for 20 minutes.

Sprinkle evenly with cheese and roast until cheese is melted and golden in spots, about 3 minutes more.

 

 


 

Mary Alice sent me this recipe for Better than Chicken and Dumplings that she says is good and very easy to prepare. (I think I may have printed a recipe very similar to this, years ago.) If your chicken breasts are small you may need to add a few more. You want to have enough chicken to generously cover the bottom of your pan. Be careful not to overcook the chicken when you boil it or it will be tough. 

BETTER THAN CHICKEN AND DUMPLINGS

(Serves 8)

6 chicken breasts

¼ cup butter

1 cup self-rising flour

1 cup milk

1 can cream of chicken soup

2 cups chicken broth

Boil chicken until done. Remove chicken breast from the broth and set on a plate to cool.

Melt butter and pour into a 9x13-inch baking pan.

Tear chicken breasts into pieces and layer on top of the butter. Mix flour and milk; pour over the chicken. Mix soup and chicken broth—taste and add a little salt and pepper if you think it is needed. Pour the broth mixture over the chicken. Do not stir.

Bake at 400 degrees for 30 minutes or until top is brown.

 


 I found this recipe for Easy Hawaiian Fish in a free publication that I picked up when we spent a night in Fernandina Beach, Florida. When I saw this recipe, I knew I was going to try it.

We had a package of Mahi fillets in our freezer that a friend had given us so I used them for the recipe. I really don’t know the amount of fish that I was working with and if you are in a similar situation, just select the right size of dish for the amount of fish that you have. Then adjust the other ingredients accordingly.

The Mahi was delicious and I enjoyed leftovers that I heated at 50% power in the microwave for lunch. Our kitchen did not reek of fish when I prepared this. Just be careful not to overcook the fish—watch your cooking time, especially when you broil the fish after you add the coconut. Our oven did not need 5 minutes for the coconut to brown.

EASY HAWAIIAN-STYLE FISH

(Serves 4)

1 pound fish fillets—mahi, grouper or snapper

½ cup of Lawry’s Hawaiian Marinade

½ cup chopped pecans

1/3 cup coconut flakes

Preheat oven to 350 degrees. Spray a baking fish with non-stick cooking spray.

Place the fish fillets in your baking dish. Pour the Lawry’s Marinade over the fish. Sprinkle generously with the chopped pecans.

Bake for about 10 minutes, then sprinkle the coconut over the fish and broil for another five minutes or until the coconut is brown. 

 


 

My “chocolate” Valentine for you this year is a recipe that appeared in Gourmet magazine about five years ago. The magazine says the recipe was adapted from a Ritz-Carlton recipe.

 I think the cookies are yummy although the pistachios do make them a little expensive to make. However, if you bought and shelled your own pistachios, that might make them a little more economical. (I used a small package that was already shelled, roasted and salted.) I used a bar of Ghirardelli bittersweet baking chocolate (60% cacao) when I tested the recipe.

 The cookies are small—bite-sized actually but they are delicious. You might be able to substitute chopped pecans for the pistachios but I have not tried this.

 I won’t wait until next Valentine’s Day to bake these cookies again.  

CHOCOLATE and PISTACHIO COOKIES

(Serves 20)

6 oz. fine-quality bittersweet chocolate (not unsweetened)

1 ½ cups all-purpose flour

1 teaspoon baking powder

1 teaspoon baking soda

1 stick plus 1 tablespoon unsalted butter, softened

1 ¼ cups light brown sugar, packed

1 large egg

½ teaspoon vanilla

1 1/3 cups shelled pistachios, (not dyed red), finely chopped

 Finely chop 2 ½ ounces chocolate and melt in a small bowl set over a small saucepan of barely simmering water, stirring until smooth. Remove bowl from heat and cool chocolate.

 Finely chop remaining 3 ½ ounces chocolate.

 Sift together flour, baking powder and baking soda.

 Beat together butter and brown sugar with an electric mixer at medium-high speed until light and fluffy, about 5 minutes, then, beat in egg and vanilla until combined well. Add flour mixture in batches and mix at medium speed until just combined, then beat in melted chocolate until incorporated. Stir in pistachios and chopped chocolate.

 Divide dough into 6 equal portions and roll each piece into a 12-inch long log (3/4 inch thick). Wrap each log in wax paper and freeze until firm, at least 30 minutes.

 Put oven rack in middle position and preheat oven to 350 degrees.

 Slice 12 inch-thick rounds from 1 frozen log and arrange about 1 inch apart on an ungreased baking sheet. Place baking sheet on top of another sheet (to protect undersides of cookies from over-browning) and bake until cookies rise slightly and then fall (tops of cookies will be cracked), 10-12 minutes. Transfer cookies to a rack to cool. Make more cookies (on cooled baking sheets) in same manner. Cookies keep, cooled completely, in an airtight container at room temperature for one week.

 Wrapped dough logs can be frozen for up to 3 months. If you plan to keep logs to bake later, wrap the logs in plastic wrap after they have frozen.  

 


I seldom visit Charleston without bringing a new cookbook home with me. Last year I purchased Breakfast on the Battery – a Charleston Chef’s Collection of Breakfast and Tea Recipes by Connie Stahl when we were there.

This weekend I tried her recipe for Lemon Brownies from this cookbook and they were delicious. Even better, they were so easy to prepare. I carried them to serve at coffee hour at my church I brought hardly any home – much to Alan’s disappointment. There is also a recipe for Orange Brownies in the cookbook which is identical only substituting orange flavorings for the lemon extract, juice and rind.

This cookbook retails for $22.95 plus taxes when applicable. It may be ordered online from www.breakfastonthebattery.com. There is a $5 shipping and handling charge. 

LEMON BROWNIES

(Serves 20)

2 cups sugar

1 cup butter, softened

4 large eggs

1 tablespoon lemon extract

1 tablespoon finely grated lemon rind

1 ½ cups all-purpose flour

1 teaspoon salt

 1 ½ cups confectioners sugar

3 tablespoons fresh lemon juice

2 teaspoons finely grated lemon rind

Preheat oven to 350 degrees.

Butter a 9x13x2-inch baking dish. Set aside.

In a bowl, cream the sugar and butter until light and fluffy. Add eggs and mix well. Add flour and salt and mix until just combined.

Pour into buttered baking dish and bake for 30-35 minutes, or until done.

While brownies are baking, prepare the glaze. Sift the powdered sugar and add lemon juice and rind. Stir until sugar is dissolved and glaze is thickened.

Pour glaze over hot lemon brownies. Cool and cut into squares. Cover and store in a cool room 


 

Years ago before he moved to Chattanooga, Jeff Brewer gave Alan his recipe for chili but he asked him not to pass the recipe along to anyone else. Alan immediately tried Jeffs recipe and we both liked it so much that this is the recipe that we have used ever since whenever we make chili.

When I was trying to decide on a recipe to feature the week before the Super Bowl, I wondered if Jeff would let me use his recipe in this column, so I asked Alan to call him. Jeff gave us permission so we can now share this special recipe with you. We like to make this a day before we plan to eat the chili although we do a lot of sampling throughout the cooking process and it is delicious whenever you decide to eat it. You might decide that this is your favorite chili recipe, too. I always like to have a couple of containers of it in my freezer.

JEFF BREWER’S CHILI

(Serves 10)

1 pound hot pork sausage

1 pound ground chuck

2 8-ounce cans tomato sauce

16-ounce can tomato paste

1 can tomato puree

2 14 1/2-ounce cans diced tomatoes

1 Granny Smith apple, peeled and finely diced

1 green pepper, diced

2 medium onions, diced

2 stalks celery, finely diced

2 teaspoons Old Bay seasoning

1 tablespoon oregano

2 tablespoons chili powder

2 teaspoons Worcestershire

1 bottle beer

½ teaspoon black pepper

Brown beef and sausage; add green pepper, onions, and celery. Saute until onions are soft and meat is browned. Add apples, tomatoes, tomato paste, tomato sauce and tomato puree and all seasonings. Add beer. Bring to boil, reduce to simmer and cook for 3 hours. Taste and adjust seasonings as desired—it may easily require more chili powder.

‘Chili can now be served over spaghetti, by itself, or mixed with pinto or red kidney beans. (Jeff uses 2 cans red kidney beans—we like pintos that Alan cooks.) If you add beans, you may need to add water to keep from being too thick.

 

 


 

Mary Alice’s friend Karolyn Stuver gave me a cookbook that she and several friends had created from Taste Book. The cookbook contains recipes contributed by Karolyn and her friends as well as some that they had selected from the internet. You also have the option of adding some additional recipes or your own.

Karolyn is an excellent cook so I immediately looked for some recipes that she had contributed and decided to try this recipe for Sweet Potato Hash. It was delicious - Alan said it was the best sweet potato dish he had ever eaten. When I make this again, if my bacon is thinly sliced, I will add a couple of additional strips and maybe even a little more onion. I think you will enjoy this sweet potato dish. 

SWEET POTATO HASH

4 strips applewood smoked bacon, cooked and cut into a

   ¼-inch dice

½ medium Vidalia onion, cut into half moon slices

2 tablespoons kosher salt for the boiling water

2 jumbo or 4 small sweet potatoes, peeled and cut into a

   ¼-inch dice

3 tablespoons dark maple syrup or cane syrup

2 tablespoons unsalted butter cut into several pieces

Salt, pepper, and rosemary to taste

Cook and dice the bacon.

Brown the onions in the same pan you used to cook the bacon. You want to cook the onions until they start to caramelize—about 10 minutes.

Meanwhile bring water to a boil; add the kosher salt. Add the potatoes and cook for about 2-3 minutes (they will have a slight crunch). Drain in a colander then spread on paper towels and pat dry.

Add potatoes to the bacon-onion mixture; add syrup and butter. Stir to combine and cook for 1-2 minutes or until potatoes are tender. (Your cooking time may vary depending on your sweet potatoes.)

Add salt, pepper and rosemary to taste.

 


 

Jeanne Pierce found this recipe that is described as the most dangerous cake recipe in the world on the internet before Christmas. It is so dangerous because now you are only five minutes away from warm chocolate cake at any time of the day or night. Needless to say I immediately tried the recipe and the flavor is delicious – my daughter Margaret was a little disappointed because she thought the cake was a little “tough”. Her Dad told her that was easily solved with vanilla ice cream. The whole cake really goes in one mug. I think children will be fascinated to watch it rise and go over the top. Depending on the strength of your microwave, you may decide to adjust your cooking time by a few seconds.

 

5-MINUTE CHOCOLATE MUG CAKE

(Serves 2)

1 coffee mug

4 tablespoons all-purpose flour (not self-rising)

4 tablespoons sugar

2 tablespoons baking cocoa

1 large egg

3 tablespoons milk

3 tablespoons vegetable oil

3 tablespoons mini chocolate chips or chopped nuts or a

   combination of both (optional)

1/8 teaspoon of vanilla (scant)

Select a straight sided coffee mug that holds at least a cup of water—the one I used held a cup plus 2 tablespoons. Do not use a cup that contains lead because it will become too hot to handle.

Add dry ingredients to the mug and mix well. Lightly beat the egg and add to the dry ingredients and mix well. Pour in the milk and oil and mix well. Add the chocolate chips and nuts (if using) and vanilla, and mix again.

Put your mug in the microwave and cook for 3 minutes on high. The cake will rise over the top of the mug, but don’t be alarmed.

Allow to cool a little, and tip out onto a plate if desired. Eat while warm (with a little vanilla ice cream and chocolate syrup if desired. (This will serve 2 if you want to share!)


 

After reviewing the recipes that ran in this column in 2008 I have selected my favorites. This is in no way scientific and many of you might make different choices, but these are recipes that I keep making.

The Lasagna Soup recipe came from the West Chatham Food Pantry Cookbook that they published late last spring. The recipe was one of Johnna Canipe’s. This is an easy recipe to prepare and is a great recipe when you want soup to be your main dish.

Gloria Lee sent me the recipe for the Sausage and Cheese Muffins. After making the first batch and freezing part of them I always keep some in my freezer. This is a great muffin for breakfast on the run or a nice hors d’oeuvre if you make miniature muffins.

My daughter Margaret gave me the Aunt Abby’s Beef Brisket recipe. This is a delicious brisket and is incredibly easy to prepare. We always freeze a couple of small casseroles of brisket slices. This is a leftover that Alan does not complain about.

We both enjoyed the Garlic Lovers Shrimp Bake. It is a nice change from fried or boiled shrimp. However, as its name implies, it is garlicky so if this is a problem for you simply cut back on the garlic when you prepare this.

The Cream Cheese Pecan Pie is yummy and certainly makes an impressive dessert that is worth the calories. Because this pie is so rich I thank you could stretch it and serve 10 people or if you are serving a buffet with more than one dessert it might go even further.  

 

LASAGNA SOUP

1 lb. ground beef

1 onion, chopped

1 bell pepper, chopped

3 cloves garlic, minced

1 (32-oz.) box chicken broth

2 (14.5-oz.) cans petite diced tomatoes

1 (15-oz.) can tomato sauce

1 T. firmly packed brown sugar

2 tsp. Italian seasoning

½ tsp. salt

2 C. broken lasagna noodles

1 (5-oz.) pkg. Grated Parmesan cheese

1 (5.5-oz.) box Italian seasoned croutons

2 c. shredded mozzarella cheese

 Combine ground beef, onion, bell pepper and garlic; cook over medium-high heat, 8 to 10 minutes, stirring occasionally until beef is browned and crumbles. Drain well.

Stir in broth, diced tomatoes, tomato sauce, brown sugar, Italian seasoning and salt. Bring to a boil over medium-high heat; reduce heat, and simmer 15 minutes. Add noodles, and simmer until noodles are tender. Stir in Parmesan cheese.

Preheat broiler. Ladle soup into 10 ovenproof bowls. Top with croutons; sprinkle with mozzarella cheese. Broil soups for 3 to 4 minutes or until cheese is browned and bubbly.

 

SAUSAGE and CHEESE MUFFINS

(Serves 8)

1 pound pork sausage, cooked until no longer pink –

   drain and cool

3 cups Bisquick

1 ½ cups shredded Cheddar cheese

1 10-3/4-oz. condensed Cheddar soup

¾ cup water

Combine cooked sausage, Bisquick and shredded cheese in a large bowl. Make a well in the center of the mixture.

Stir together the soup and the water, add to sausage mixture, stirring just until the dry ingredients are moistened. Spoon into lightly greased muffin pans, filling to the top of the cups.

Bake at 375 degrees for 20 to 25 minutes or until lightly browned.

This will make about 15 regular-sized muffins or 36 small muffins.

 

AUNT ABBY’s BEEF BRISKET

(Serves 10)

1 fresh beef brisket – ours weighed about 4 ½ pounds

½ cup packed dark brown sugar

2 envelopes regular onion soup mix (not instant)

1 teaspoon garlic powder

1 ½ cups catsup

Line a large roasting pan with heavy foil, letting the ends of the foil hang over the edges of the pan. Place brisket on the foil Sprinkle the sugar, soup mix, and garlic powder over the brisket. Drizzle catsup over all. Fold the ends of the foil over the brisket, sealing securely and leaving air space.

Be sure to seal really tightly so nothing leaks out while it is baking—if juices do leak out, then take it out of the foil and put it in the roasting pan and reseal the top tightly with foil so it stays moist while it continues baking slowly.

Bake in a 325 degree oven for 3 ½ hours or till tender. Transfer to a platter and allow to cool slightly before slicing. Skim grease from sauce and serve warm sauce with the meal.

To make ahead and reheat; after cooking, cool and slice brisket. Store in refrigerator in sauce or freeze in sauce. Reheat before serving.

    

GARLIC LOVERS SHRIMP BAKE

(Serves 3-4)

1 ½ pound medium shrimp, peeled and deveined

6 tablespoons butter

1 tablespoon lemon juice, freshly squeezed

3 cloves garlic, minced

1 teaspoon Worcestershire sauce

½ teaspoon hot pepper flakes

¼ teaspoon salt

1/3 cup cracker crumbs

Arrange shrimp in one layer in a shallow baking dish. (I used a

10-inch-pyrex pie plate.)

In a small saucepan, melt the butter and add the lemon juice, garlic, Worcestershire sauce, red pepper flakes and salt. Reserve two tablespoons of this mixture and pour the remainder evenly over the shrimp.

Add the reserved butter to the cracker crumbs and sprinkle evenly over the shrimp.

Bake in a preheated, 450-degree oven for approximately 8 minutes, or until the crumbs are lightly browned and the shrimp is pink, Do not overcook or your shrimp will be tough.

 

CREAM CHEESE PECAN PIE

(Serves 8)

1 15-ounce package refrigerated pie crusts

1 8-ounce package cream cheese, softened

4 large eggs, divided

¾ cup sugar, divided

2 teaspoons vanilla, divided

¼ teaspoon salt

1 cup coarsely chopped pecans

1 cup light corn syrup

 Unfold and stack the 2 pie crusts; gently roll or press them together. Fit the crust into a 9-inch pie plate according to package directions; fold the edges under and crimp.

Beat the softened cream cheese, 1 egg, 1/2 cup sugar, 1 teaspoon vanilla and salt at medium speed with an electric mixer until smooth.  Pour evenly into the prepared crust. Sprinkle with the chopped pecans.

Stir together the remaining 3 eggs, ¼ cup sugar, 1 teaspoon vanilla and the corn syrup. Pour this mixture over the pecans.  

Bake at 350 degrees for 50 to 55 minutes or until set.

Allow pie to cool before trying to slice. Store any leftovers in the refrigerator.

 


 

This Black-Eyed Pea New Year’s Casserole will give you a head start on your “lucky” New Year dinner and all in one dish. This is so quick and easy to prepare and you will probably already have a lot of the ingredients on hand or you will have no trouble finding them in the grocery store. After you assemble the casserole, all you will have to do is add some greens and perhaps some sweet potatoes to your meal and you should be all set for an auspicious start to 2009.

 

BLACK-EYED PEA

NEW YEAR’S CASSEROLE

(Serves 10)

1 pound mild or hot pork sausage

1 large onion, chopped

4 15-oz. cans black-eyed peas, drained

2 14 ½-oz. cans whole tomatoes with their juice, chopped

1 tablespoon Worcestershire sauce

¼ teaspoon freshly ground black pepper, or to taste

½ teaspoon salt, or to taste

½ teaspoon dry mustard

½ teaspoon oregano

½ teaspoon marjoram

1 bay leaf

Preheat oven to 350 degrees.

Brown sausage over medium heat. Add onions and cook for 5 minutes, stirring occasionally. Add remaining ingredients, draining some of the grease if there seems to be too much.

Place in a greased 3-quart baking dish and bake for 1 hour at 350 degrees.

Remove bay leaf before serving. 


 

What to serve on Christmas Eve is often a dilemma because it can be such a busy day as we try to finish up loose ends. I also like to have something that can be prepared ahead to serve either before or after church services.

This Shrimp Chowder has often been the main course for us on Christmas Eve. When I make it I always think about a comment that a friend of ours made about the recipe when she included it in a self-published cookbook. She said, “This is about the only recipe you will ever get from me that calls for Velveeta Cheese, but the chowder is so good I will give in…but just this once…” I like to make this a day ahead because I think it is even better that way.

If you think you just don’t have time this year to prepare a special dessert from scratch, you might like the Cranberry Cheesecake Topping that I prepared last week. I had purchased a plain Jane New-York style cheesecake from a discount store. I made the topping and drizzled it over individual slices. We both thought it was outstanding and really pretty as well. What could be quicker or easier?

SHRIMP CHOWDER

(Serves 8)

5 large onions, peeled and chopped

1 stick butter

4 large potatoes, peeled and diced

2 cups boiling water

    Salt and pepper to taste

1 pound Velveeta cheese

1 ½ pints milk

1 ½ pounds shrimp, cooked

   Chopped fresh parsley for garnish

Lightly cook onions in butter. Add potatoes and boiling water. Simmer until potatoes are tender and season to taste. Melt cheese in milk in top of double boiler and add to potatoes and onions. Add shrimp and simmer gently for 20 minutes or more; do not boil. Place a little snipped parsley in bottom of each bowl and fill with chowder.

If my shrimp are large, I usually cut them in halves or thirds. 

CRANBERRY CHEESECAKE TOPPING

(Serves 12)

1 cup granulated sugar

2 teaspoons cornstarch

½ cup water

4 cups fresh cranberries

1 teaspoon grated orange rind

Mix sugar and cornstarch. Add all other ingredients to the sugar and cook until the cranberries pop. Chill.

To serve, drizzle topping over individual servings of your favorite New York-style cheesecake—either homemade or purchased.

 


 

This is a pretty salad for the holiday season and is a nice change from congealed salads. If you have pomegranate seeds on hand it is easy to prepare. I found the seeds in Greensboro several weeks ago at a large chain grocery store. The next time I prepare this, I am going to try adding some slivered toasted almonds.

 

POMEGRANATE-CRANBERRY SALAD

(Serves 6)

1 bunch romaine lettuce, torn into bite-sized pieces

1 cup fresh pomegranate seeds

½ cup dried cranberries

½ medium red onion, sliced 

½ cup mayonnaise

1/3 cup granulated sugar

¼ cup milk

2 tablespoons white vinegar

1 tablespoon poppy seeds

 Place salad ingredients in a large glass salad bowl.

 Place all dressing ingredients in a small bowl; beat with a wire whisk until well blended; pour over salad. Toss. Serve immediately or refrigerate for a little while. 

 


 

Two years ago, I went to a Cookie Swap with my daughter. My grandchildren had a great time helping me assemble these Holiday Mexican Wedding Cakes that were my contribution to the party. I think if you wanted, you could use your favorite Lady Finger recipe, which is what my daughter Margaret did when she made them. I was able to find the natural pistachios at an area location of a national west coast specialty grocery chain but if this is not an option, substitute pecans. The cake flour that I used when I prepared the recipe gave the cookies a very tender texture.

 

HOLIDAY MEXICAN WEDDING CAKES

(Serves 35)

2 cups unsalted butter, room temperature

1 cup powder sugar plus more for rolling cookies

2 tablespoons pure vanilla extract

1 teaspoon salt

1 cup shelled unsalted natural pistachios, salted

1 cup dried cranberries or dried tart cherries

3 1/3 cups sifted cake flour

1 2/3 cups sifted all-purpose flour

  Preheat oven to 350 degrees. Butter 3 heavy large baking sheets.

 Using electric mixer, beat 2 cups butter and 1 cup powdered sugar in large bowl until light and fluffy. Beat in vanilla and salt, then pistachios and cranberries. Using spatula, stir in all flour. Do not over-mix dough—you may have to use your hands.

 Shape dough by generous tablespoonfuls into football-shaped ovals. Place on prepared sheets, spacing 1 inch apart. Bake cookies, 1 sheet at a time, until bottoms just begin to color, about 16 minutes. Cool cookies on sheets 10 minutes before coating.

 Pour generous amount of powdered sugar into medium bowl. Working with 5 or 6 warm cookies at a time, add cookies to bowl of sugar, gently turn to coat thickly. Transfer cookies to sheet of waxed paper. Repeat to coat cookies with sugar again. Cool completely.

 Can be made 4 days ahead. Store in airtight containers at room temperature.  

 


 

This is the time of year when we like to have nibbles on hand for unexpected guests. I’ve tried both of these recipes recently and liked them both.

 The Ham Dip is a wonderful use for the leftover ham. I think if you had leftover baked country ham it would be even better than the dip I made. I really enjoyed this with some Honey Wheat Dipping Pretzels that I had bought in a specialty shop. Alan and I both thought this would also be good as a topping for baked potatoes.

 I think you will have fun with the Rum Sugared Pecans by asking your friends if they can guess the mystery ingredient. This is very easy to prepare, just be sure to pay attention and stir your pecans every 15 minutes. These are just delicious. 

 Several weeks ago we ran a recipe for “Sweet” Cornbread Dressing that I had created, thanks to an idea that my daughter had passed along. Unfortunately, the ¾ cup of celery was eliminated from the recipe because of my frustration with the computer at the time. I hope this error did not ruin the dressing for any of you that might have tried it for Thanksgiving. Some of you might prefer it without the celery, anyway. We had the half of the dressing that I had frozen with our Thanksgiving meal and both of us still thought it was some of the best dressing that we have eaten. The corrected recipe is printed below.

HAM DIP

(Serves 8)

1 16-oz. container of sour cream

3 tablespoons mayonnaise

1 ½ teaspoons light brown sugar or more to taste

¼ cup chili sauce

1 tablespoon mustard

1 cup ground ham

Blend together and refrigerate. Serve with crackers or fresh, raw vegetables.

RUM SUGARED PECANS

(Serves 16)

1 pound shelled pecans

8 tablespoons butter, (1 stick)

1 cup white sugar

½ cup rum, preferably dark

Spread pecans on a baking sheet which has been lightly greased or sprayed with nonstick vegetable spray. Be sure to use a pan with sides.

Melt the butter in a heavy saucepan, add sugar and rum. Bring to a boil and cook for 2 minutes. Pour over the pecans and shake the pan to coat evenly.

Slow roast in a 250 degree oven for 1 hour, stirring every 15 minutes to prevent from sticking. Remove from pan and cool. Store in a cool location, not a refrigerator, in an airtight container.

May be put in decorative jars or boxes for gift-giving.


 

Several weeks ago Sallie Milholen shared these candy recipes with me as well as some samples. The candy was yummy and we both agreed that these were recipes that you might be interested in making for the holidays. I’m running the recipe this week because you might have time to practice with these during Thanksgiving.

 One thing that I like about all three of these recipes is that they are simple. Sallie said that when she made the Pecan Millionaires, she did not have any milk chocolate chips on hand and substituted semi-sweet chocolate chips instead. I liked this version so much that I will probably make this version.

 The Pralines are delicious, however, the draw-back  with pralines is that they quickly lose their creaminess and begin to harden and get a little grainy. If you have ever bought any at the Market in Charleston or Savannah, you will find that the one you eat immediately is the best, by night they are still addictive but not quite as creamy. When you order these by mail, they arrive sealed in individual packets but even this does not completely solve this problem. This recipe would be easy to halve and if you only needed a few pralines, why not try this. The recipe is so easy you can simply make them as needed.

 The Peanut Butter Pin Wheels are a good no bake recipe and if you like peanut butter you will enjoy the flavor. This would be a good recipe to make with children although you may need to do the slicing.

 

PECAN MILLIONAIRES

1 14 oz. package of Kraft Caramels

3 tablespoons water

2 cups chopped pecans

1/3 block of paraffin

1 12 oz. package milk chocolate chips

 Butter a piece of wax paper or spray with cooking spray with butter. (Place paper on a cookie sheet.)

 Melt caramels with water in a double boiler. Add chopped pecans and stir. Drop by teaspoonfuls onto buttered wax paper. Refrigerate until firm.

 Melt paraffin and chocolate together. Drop cooled caramels and nuts into the chocolate mixture. Remove and place on buttered wax paper. Allow chocolate to set up. Place in an air tight container and store in a cool location.

 

PECAN PRALINES

2 cups white sugar

1 cup light brown sugar – firmly packed

1 tablespoon butter

½ cup sweet milk

3 cups chopped pecans

 Combine first 4 ingredients and bring to a boil. Add pecans and cook for 4 minutes. Remove from heat and drop by spoonfuls on waxed paper. Allow to set up and then enjoy.

 

PEANUT BUTTER PIN WHEELS

1 box powdered sugar

1 stick butter

1 teaspoon vanilla

2 tablespoons evaporated milk

 Mix the ingredients and work together into a mass similar to dough. When smooth and well mixed, divide into four or five parts. Take one part at a time and roll it (like you roll pie dough) between sheets of waxed paper sprinkled with powder sugar.

 Spread the “dough” with peanut butter and roll up jelly roll fashion. (If bottom is inclined to stick, lightly coax the edges with a knife.) Slice rolls into pinwheels.

 


 

My daughter Margaret told me about a delicious dressing that she made last week but when I asked her to send the recipe she told me that she didn’t have a recipe, that she just winged it. Buy she did tell me what she did although she couldn’t give me amounts.

 When Margaret made this she cubed cornbread that she had made using the old “Flako” corn muffin recipe with cream-style corn and sour cream. However she had to use a different mix since “Flako” is no longer available. Because this is a very moist cornbread she toasted her cubes.

 I decided to try this last week, buy rather than making cornbread I had the remains of a square of cornbread that I had bought at a local grocery store. Although it was not made with the corn it was still a “sweet” cornbread. I cubed my leftovers and toasted them at 275 degrees and when I measured them I had just a little over 2 cups so I decided to add a cup of sourdough cubes, which I did not toast.

 If you don’t like mushrooms or don’t have them on hand, just use more celery. This really is a recipe to play with and find your own special version.

 I had 2 7x5-inch casseroles of dressing. We ate one which Alan, who is not a big dressing fan, said was some of the best dressing he had ever eaten. We had enough left over for another meal. I froze the other which I will reheat to enjoy later. (I baked the casserole that I froze.)

 I think one of the things that I like best about this recipe is that is makes a reasonable amount for two people I’m looking forward to making Margaret’s version in the future.

 

“SWEET” CORNBREAD DRESSING

(Serves 8)

2 cups “sweet” cornbread cubes, lightly toasted (generous cup)

1 cup sourdough bread cubes (generous cup)

¾ cup chopped onion

2 green onions, chopped

¾ cup sliced mushrooms

1 teaspoon sage

1 teaspoon poultry seasoning

1 egg, lightly beaten

1 cup chicken broth

3 tablespoons butter (and additional butter to dot the top of the

   dressing when you bake it)

 Combine bread cubes in a mixing bowl.

 Melt 3 tablespoons of butter in a skillet. Add onions and celery and sauté over medium heat until they begin to turn translucent. Add sliced mushrooms and seasonings and continue to sauté until the mushrooms are slightly tender. (You may need to add a little more butter.

 Pour the onion mixture over the bread cubes and stir thoroughly to combine.

 Combine a lightly beaten egg and 1 cup chicken broth. Add to the bread mixture and stir to combine. If you think the dressing is too dry, add a little more chicken broth.

  Lightly grease a shallow casserole dish or dishes and put dressing mixture in them. Dot with butter. Refrigerate until ready to bake.

 Bake at 350 degrees until lightly browned and bubbly.

 


 

 Several weeks ago I baked Pumpkin Bars to serve at coffee hour at church. I was really pleased with the recipe. These are about as easy to assemble as anything you could try and I really enjoyed the spicy flavor—perfect for this time of year.

 I baked my bars in a 9 x 13-inch metal pan and found that they were ready in 25 minutes. I cooled them in the pan for a few minutes and then cut them into bars but left them in the pan when I drizzled them with the glaze. After they had completely cooled I covered the pan until I was ready to place the bars on a serving dish.

Pumpkin Bars

(Serves 20)

½ cup butter, softened

1 large egg

1 cup light brown sugar

½ cup canned pumpkin puree

1 ½ cups flour

1 teaspoon cinnamon

½ teaspoon ginger

½ teaspoon allspice

½ teaspoon baking soda

½ cup golden raisins

½ cup chopped pecans

Glaze:

1 cup sifted powdered sugar

1 ½ tablespoons orange juice

1 teaspoon grated orange rind

Preheat oven to 350 degrees.

Spray a 9 x 13-inch pan (or you may use one that is very slightly smaller).

Mix all ingredients together and pour into prepared pan. This is a very thick batter that you will need to spread in the pan.

Bake for 25-30 minutes or until the bars pull away from the edge of the pan and it tests done.

Mix together the powdered sugar, orange juice and rind and drizzle over the bars while they are still warm.


 

Kathy Grigg gave me these venison recipes that she said were given to her by Trudy Walters. Although canning venison takes more time and is more trouble than simply freezing it you don’t fill up your freezer with it. However, when I talked with Trudy about the recipe she says that the canned venison is not pretty so you may want to hide it behind your other canned goods. Kathy says that cleaning the jars after you empty them is also a chore. However, they both agree that this is a good and versatile way to prepare venison—something that you may be more inclined to do this year with the high cost of meats.

 Kathy also passed along this recipe for Deer Jerky that Ricky Scott gave her. You might want to try this.

 I know that some of you are laughing about me featuring these recipes if you have heard the infamous story of our missing crock pot with the Deer Stew that Alan was cooking overnight!

Canned Venison

 Cut venison up into bite size pieces, trimming meat as needed. Pack loosely into quart jars, leaving 1 inch of head space at the top. Add 1 teaspoon of salt to each quart. Do not add any water.

 Cook in a pressure canner for 1 hour on 10 pounds pressure. Cooked in this manner the meat can then be used as you would for stew beef for soup or a beef stew with onions, potatoes, carrots, or whatever you like in your stew. Season this stew to your own taste.

 If you prefer you can pack the meat in jars as described above and cook at 10 pounds pressure for 2 ½ hours. Using this method you have fully cooked meat, ready to serve over rice, toast, biscuits, mashed potatoes, etc. If you are serving it this way someone gave me a recipe several years ago suggesting that you warm 1 can of cream of mushroom soup in a saucepan. Do not add water to the soup. After soup is warmed and broken up, add a quart of the deer meat. Simmer for 10 minutes. She described this as tasting very much like Bunker Hill Beef and Gravy.

Deer Jerky

½ cup water

½ teaspoon onion powder

1 teaspoon Old Hickory Smoke liquid

¼ cup soy sauce

1 tablespoon Worcestershire sauce

¼ teaspoon lemon pepper

¼ teaspoon garlic powder

3 pounds of venison

 Cut meat into long, thin strips. Combine all the ingredients and marinate the deer meat strips overnight. Cook on the rack of a foil lined roasting pan or a foil lined baking sheet. Bake at 150 degrees for 8 hours, turning after 4 hours. An outdoor grill with a thermostat is ideal for this.

 


Several months ago I tried this recipe for Spicy Lemon Chicken and we both enjoyed it. I was interested in the cooking technique and think you could do the same thing with any marinade or sauce that you enjoy on your chicken. I found an Asian chili sauce in a local store and was interested to see that it was something that my son in law had brought us when he came home after a yearlong stint in Korea—he always referred to it as rooster sauce because of the design on the bottle.

Chicken/Spicy Lemon

(Serves 6)

6 skinless chicken drumsticks 

6 skinless chicken thighs

2 lemons

4 garlic cloves, minced

1 large onion, finely chopped

1 teaspoon Indonesian chili sauce or any Asian chili sauce

2 tablespoons olive oil

¼ teaspoon salt

¼ teaspoon freshly ground black pepper or to taste

¼ cup chopped parsley

 In a medium bowl, combine the lemon zest and the juice from the two lemons, garlic, onion, Asian chili sauce, olive oil, salt and pepper. Transfer the chicken and marinade to a zip-lock plastic bag and seal. Place the bag in the refrigerator to marinate overnight, or about 10 hours.

 Preheat the oven to 350 degrees.

 Remove the chicken from the marinade and arrange on a large roasting pan. Roast until cooked through, about 45 minutes to 1 hour. When the chicken is pierced with a knife the juices should run clear.

 Serve hot, sprinkled with the chopped parsley.


 

Recently I saw some butternut squash in the produce section of a grocery store that had already been peeled and diced—a real plus. I tried this recipe and I liked it. I did not use the vanilla wafer crumbs. If I were going to do that I think I would reduce or eliminate the thyme in the recipe.

Honey & Thyme Butternut Squash

(Serves 4)

2 cups pureed butternut squash

2 tablespoons unsalted butter, cut in pieces

1 ½ tablespoons honey

¾ teaspoon dried thyme

¼ teaspoon salt or to taste

1/8  teaspoon freshly ground black pepper

½ cup vanilla wafer crumbs or as many as needed (optional) to sprinkle over your casserole

 If you are working with a fresh butternut squash, cut it in half and place cut-side down on a greased baking sheet. Bake at 350 degrees for 45 minutes to one hour, or until it pierces easily with a kitchen fork; remove from the oven.

 Turn squash cut-side up to cool, then remove seeds and dis-card.

 Scoop out the pulp and place in a food processor fitted with a steel blade and puree or if your squash is very tender just mash it thoroughly with a potato masher. Measure to get the amount of squash needed for the recipe and freeze the rest for another use.

 Add butter, honey, thyme, salt and pepper to the squash and puree or beat until smooth.

 Place mixture in a well-oiled casserole dish and sprinkle with vanilla wafer crumbs if you are using them. Bake at 350 degrees for 20 to 30 minutes or until hot.


 

When I was growing up my Mother frequently served a Grated Sweet Potato Pudding for dessert and it was always a favorite of mine. I do not ever remember her making a Sweet Potato Pie.

 I combined her sketchy recipe—I suspect that when she was making this she never used a recipe—with several others that I had come across and we both enjoyed this when I fixed it several weeks ago. Although it was served as a dessert when I was a child, if the Sweet Potato Casserole with the Praline Topping is considered a vegetable dish this certainly can count as a vegetable, too.

Grated Sweet Potato Pudding

(Serves 6)

3 tablespoons pure maple syrup

¼ cup white sugar

¼ cup light brown sugar

¾ cup milk

3 cups grated raw sweet potato

2 tablespoons melted butter

½ teaspoon nutmeg

½ teaspoon cinnamon

½ cup chopped pecans

¼ teaspoon salt

2 eggs, well beaten

 Preheat oven to 375 degrees. Lightly grease shallow baking dish.

 Combine your first 10 ingredients. Then stir in your 2 well beaten eggs. Bake for 45 to 50 minutes or until set and the pudding begins to brown around the edges.


 

This  Stuffed Green Pepper Recipe is a nice variation from the recipe that I was accustomed to preparing because it uses bulk pork sausage. This is truly almost a meal by itself—just add a green salad and perhaps another vegetable like an ear of corn and you are ready to serve.

Peppers/Stuffed

(Serves 8)

8 medium-sized green peppers (about 4 lbs.)

1 pound bulk pork sausage

1 ½ cups chopped onion

½ pound fresh mushrooms, chopped

1 (6oz.) package herb-seasoned stuffing mix

1 cup sour cream

2 cups chopped fresh tomato

1 can (10 ¾-oz.) tomato soup

¾ cup water

2 teaspoons of your favorite herb and spice blend seasoning or just use a little salt

 Cut off tops of green peppers and remove seeds. Wash peppers and set aside to drain.

 Crumble sausage into a frying pan, add onion and mushrooms and sauté until the sausage is browned. Drain well; set aside. Place sausage mixture in bowl and add stuffing mix, sour cream, and seasonings; stir well. Add chopped tomato and stir gently.

 Stuff pepper with the sausage mixture, and place in a lightly greased 12 x 8 x 2-inch baking dish. Combine soup and remaining ingredients and pour over the peppers.

 Bake 30 to 40 minutes at 350 degrees or until peppers are tender and sauce is hot and bubbly. If you need to, insert a knife into the sausage mixture and be sure that it is good and hot.


 

 Several weeks ago I tried this recipe for Oven Roasted Carrots and Parsnips and we both thought it was delicious. This is easy to prepare. The only difficult thing about the recipe is not to nibble so many pieces when you take this out of the oven that you don’t have enough for your meal! Try to use vegetables that you have just bought rather than ones that have been lingering in your vegetable drawer for several weeks.

Oven Roasted Carrots and Parsnips

(Serves 6)  

1 pound parsnips

1 pound carrots

2 tablespoons olive oil

½ teaspoon salt

¼ teaspoon freshly ground black pepper

¼ teaspoon dried thyme

 Peel and cut carrots and parsnips into 3 inch lengths. Halve or quarter as necessary to make all pieces more or less uniform.

 Toss with olive oil, thyme, salt and pepper. (Rub the dried thyme between your palms to break up and really release the flavors.)

 Place in a shallow baking dish that you have lightly sprayed with an olive oil cooking spray. A jelly roll pan is ideal.

 Roast in a 425 degree oven for 45 minutes, or until tender and browned. Stir occasionally while roasting.

 


 

 I tried this recipe for a Cream Cheese Pecan Pie last week and we both agree that this is a winner. The only reason that I know for rolling the two pie crusts together is because of the weight of the filling but you could certainly try it with a single crust. This is a pretty pie—almost like a picture in a magazine.

Cream Cheese Pecan Pie

(Serves 8)  

1 15-ounce package refrigerated pie crusts

1 8-ounce package cream cheese, softened

4 large eggs, divided

¾ cup sugar, divided

2 teaspoons vanilla, divided

¼ teaspoon salt

1 cup coarsely chopped pecans

1 cup light corn syrup

 Unfold and stack the 2 pie crusts; gently roll or press them together. Fit the crusts into a 9 inch pie plate according to package directions; fold the edges under and crimp.

 Beat the softened cream cheese, 1 egg, ½ cup sugar, 1 teaspoon vanilla and salt at medium speed with an electric mixer until smooth. Pour evenly into the prepared crust. Sprinkle with the chopped pecans.

 Stir together the remaining 3 eggs, ¼ cup sugar, 1 teaspoon vanilla and the corn syrup. Pour this mixture over the pecans.

 Bake at 350 degrees for 50 to 55 minutes or until set.

 Allow pie to cool before trying to slice. Store any leftovers in the refrigerator.

 


 

Apple trees are loaded this year so I wanted to try to give some apple recipes to try. The Pan Fried Apples with Raisins and Nuts is very easy and very tasty. This is just the kind of basic apple dish that my mother fixed routinely without the raisins and nuts-and yes, she probably used bacon grease. If you have leftovers they reheat beautifully in the microwave. I enjoy them with breakfast.

 When we were in Florida in July I had the Apple Caesar Slaw at a restaurant in Fernandina Beach and decided that I could easily make it at home so I wrote down the ingredients so I could replicate the dish. Frankly I think that mine was better. I used Pink Lady apples because that was what I had on hand. I had the last of the slaw three days late and the apples still had not begun to turn brown.

Pan Fried Apples with Raisins and Nuts

(Serves 8)  

6 medium apples (Granny Smith or another firm cooking apple)

½ cup pecans, roughly chopped

½ cup walnuts, roughly chopped

½ cup raisins

½ stick of margarine or butter

½ cup light brown sugar

¼ teaspoon ground cinnamon

¼ teaspoon ground nutmeg

1 tablespoon water

 In a heavy frying pan, sprayed with cooking spray, space cored apples, (unpeeled and quartered). Add pats of margarine or butter, spices and brown sugar on top of the apples. Add water. Cover and steam until the apples are tender at medium heat. Do not stir. Add nuts and raisins and steam a few minutes longer. Avoid stirring the ingredients to prevent tearing the apples. Shake the pan on the stove to keep apples from sticking. Serve from the pan.

Caesar Apple Slaw

(Serves 6)

3 cups shredded cabbage

1 cup chopped red skin apple--do not peel--sprinkled with a little lemon juice

½ cup Caesar salad dressing (when I tested this I used Ken’s Creamy Caesar)

2 tablespoons (heaping) shredded parmesan cheese or to taste

 Combine all ingredients and allow at least two hours for the slaw to chill. Feel free to adjust the ingredients to your taste.

 


 

This recipe for Hungarian Goulash is really simple to prepare once you have your ingredients assembled and cut and diced. This is a tasty dish and I think your family will enjoy it. If you wanted you could easily make a double batch and freeze some for use later.

HUNGARIAN GOULASH

(Serves 4)  

1 pound lean, boneless top round steak

2 teaspoons vegetable oil

1 ¼ cups coarsely chopped onion

1 cup green pepper strips

2 ½ cups chopped fresh tomatoes

1 ¼ cups water

1 tablespoon paprika

½ teaspoon salt

¼ teaspoon pepper

2 cups hot cooked rice

Trim all visible fat from steak; cut steak into bite-sized pieces. Cook in hot oil in a large skillet over medium heat until browned, stirring often. Add onion and green pepper; cook 5 minutes longer, stirring often.

Stir in tomatoes and next 4 ingredients. Bring to a boil; cover, reduce heat, and cook 45 minutes longer or until tender, adding additional water, if necessary.

 


 

I made these Crispy Oat cookies with Heath Bar Bits recently and had several people ask me for the recipe. Alan thought they were worth repeated trips to the cookie tin. I found this recipe in a fund raising cookbook that the Carteret Obstetrics and Gynecology practice had published to raise money for Relay for Life. It is available at several stores on the Crystal Coast so be on the lookout for a copy if you vacation in that area. It retails for $15.00

CRISPY OAT COOKIES WITH HEATH BAR BITS

(Serves 20)  

2 sticks butter, softened

2 eggs

2 cups packed light brown sugar

1 ¾ cups all purpose flour

2 teaspoons vanilla extract

1 teaspoon baking soda

½ teaspoon salt

1 teaspoon cinnamon

3 cups quick cooking oatmeal

1 10-oz. package milk chocolate covered Heath Bar bits

Heat oven to 350 degrees; lightly grease cookie sheet.

Beat butter, eggs, brown sugar, and vanilla until blended. Add flour, baking soda, cinnamon and salt; beat until blended. Stir in oats and Heath bits.

Drop by rounded teaspoon onto prepared cookie sheet. Bake 8-10 minutes or until edges are lightly browned. Cool one minute, remove to wire cooling rack.

 


Gloria Lee sent me this recipe for a Taco Pie several months ago and she says that she really enjoyed this dish. She said that when she made it she only used about ¾ of the can of green chilies because she thought it might be too spicy. She says that this is simple to make and is a pretty dish. However she says to be sure to let it rest for at least 5 minutes before beginning to slice it.

Gloria said that a friend of hers had made this using chicken instead of ground beef and her family really enjoyed this version of the pie. Gloria thought you could use a roasted chicken and cut it in small pieces to do this. You could probably also use leftover diced turkey for this—about 2 cups of diced meat. If I were doing this version I would simply sauté my onion in a little cooking oil and add the cooked chicken or turkey to the onion for just a few seconds.

TACO PIE

(Serves 4-5)  

1 pound lean ground beef

½ medium onion, finely chopped

1 (1.25) envelope taco seasoning mix

1 4-oz. can drained chopped green chilies

1 cup milk

2 eggs

½ cup Bisquick

¾ cup shredded Monterey Jack Cheese

Preheat oven to 400 degrees. Coat a 9-inch pie plate with cooking spray.

Cook ground beef and onion in a nonstick skillet on medium heat stirring occasionally, about 6 minutes or until beef is no longer pink and onion is tender, drain. Stir in the seasoning mix. Spoon mixture into the pie plate and top with the chilies.

In a medium bowl, mix together the milk, eggs and baking mix. Pour over the beef mixture in the pie plate.

Bake for 25 minutes or until a knife inserted into the center comes out clean. Sprinkle with the cheese and bake 8 to 10 minutes longer. Remove from oven. Cool for 5 minutes before serving.

Serve with salsa, sour cream, shredded lettuce and diced tomatoes.


 

Last week in honor of the Olympics I cooked Szechuan Chicken, Don’t be afraid to try this and don’t feel like you have to run out and buy a wok if you don’t have one – a large skillet or chicken fry pan will work just fine.

When I do stir fries I use tamari sauce rather than regular soy sauce because it seems to be a little less salty. I couldn’t find frozen pea pods in the grocery stores I checked in Siler City but I didn’t go to all of them so I substituted frozen snow peas and they worked. I thawed them in a colander and then spread them on a paper towel and patted them dry before I started cooking.

My actual cooking time on this recipe was probably a little less than 15 minutes, so once you get your chopping and dicing done, a stir fry is a quick and easy meal.

I served the Szechuan Chicken with some melon that I had in the refrigerator and we both felt that this made a nice combination. We enjoyed this dish and will prepare it again even without the stimulus of the Olympics.

SZECHUAN CHICKEN

(Serves 4)  

1 egg white, lightly beaten

2 tablespoons cornstarch, divided

3 tablespoons soy sauce, divided

1 tablespoon sherry

2 large chicken breast halves, skinned, boned, and cut into

   1-inch cubes

¼ teaspoon salt

1 tablespoon cider vinegar or rice wine vinegar if you have

   it on hand.

3 tablespoons sugar

1 tablespoon molasses

1/3 cup water

1 large clove garlic, crushed

1 bunch chopped green onions, including part of the green tops

1 10-ounce package frozen pea pods or snow peas (whatever

   you can find)

½ teaspoon dried red pepper flakes or to taste

 Combine egg white, 1 tablespoon soy sauce, sherry, and 1 tablespoon cornstarch and beat until frothy.

Marinate chicken cubes in this mixture for ½ hour.

Combine salt, remaining soy sauce, garlic, vinegar, sugar, molasses, water, and remaining cornstarch.

Remove chicken pieces from marinade and quickly sauté them in hot peanut oil. Remove chicken from oil and cover with foil to keep warm. Put chopped onion and pea pods in wok or skillet. Quickly stir fry. Add red pepper, chicken pieces and sauce to wok. Bring to boil. Immediately serve over rice.


 

I enjoy eating fresh salmon almost any way that it is prepared. This is a great way to prepare fresh fillets in the oven. If you can’t find small fillets, use larger ones and halve them when you serve them. Just adjust your cooking time a little but do be careful not a overcook them. You will probably find yourself using this cooking method for salmon frequently and perhaps trying it with other fish as well.

BAKED DIJON SALMON

(Serves 4)  

¼ cup butter, melted

3 tablespoons Dijon mustard

1 ½ tablespoons honey

¼ cup dry bread crumbs

¼ cup finely chopped pecans

4 tablespoons chopped fresh parsley

4 4-ounce salmon fillets

¼ teaspoon salt or to taste

1/8 teaspoon pepper or to taste

1 lemon for garnish

Preheat oven to 400 degrees.

In a small bowl, stir together butter, mustard, and honey. Set aside. In another bowl, mix together bread crumbs, pecans, and parsley.

Brush each salmon fillet lightly with honey-mustard mixture and sprinkle top of fillets with the bread crumb mixture.

Spray a baking sheet lightly with a cooking spray. Place salmon on prepared pan and bake in a preheated oven until it flakes easily with a fork, approximately 10-15 minutes.

Season to taste with salt and pepper and garnish with a wedge of lemon.

 


 

I’m always on the lookout for different salad ideas in the summer because I like to use cool dishes that can be prepared ahead. This Summer Corn and Cabbage Salad (or slaw as we like to call dishes made with uncooked cabbage) is quick, easy and delicious. Just be careful not to overcook your corn—in fact, I have seen several salad recipes this summer that use uncooked corn. Margaret served us one when we visited her and I liked it.

SUMMER CORN and CABBAGE SALAD

3 medium-size fresh ears of corn or 1 10 oz. frozen whole

   kernel corn

1 ½ cups shredded green cabbage

1 medium sweet red pepper chopped

1 stalk celery, thinly sliced

1 medium onion, thinly sliced

¼ cup olive or vegetable oil

¼ cup fresh lemon juice

2 tablespoons honey or to taste

1 teaspoon dry mustard

½ teaspoon salt

¼ teaspoon black pepper

Cook ears of corn, cut corn from cob. (If using packaged corn, cook according to directions, and then drain.) Combine corn along with remaining vegetables in a salad bowl.

Mix oil, lemon juice, honey, dry mustard, salt, and pepper. Mix well. Pour over salad mixture. Toss to coat.

Cover and refrigerate 2-24 hours. Adjust salt and pepper to taste before serving.

Spoon salad onto a lettuce leaf to serve if desired.


 

Many years ago my daughter Margaret gave me a copy of Beyond Parsley, a cookbook compiled by the Junior League in Kansas City, Missouri. The book was originally published in 1984 and I have no idea whether it is available today although you could probably find a copy somewhere on the internet.

This cookbook has one of the best and simplest recipes for a Tomato Sauce using fresh tomatoes that I have ever tried. The splatters on this page in the book certainly attest to the fact that I have used this recipe frequently. It is wonderful on pasta or over a piece of fish or a grilled chicken breast. It also makes a great base for spaghetti sauce or shells stuffed with a cheese mixture. While tomatoes are so plentiful, why not make up several batches for your freezer to use this winter?

TOMATO SAUCE WITH FRESH TOMATOES

(Serves 8)  

3 tablespoons extra virgin olive oil

1 small onion, chopped

1 clove garlic, minced

2 pounds fresh tomatoes, peeled, seeded and finely chopped

   (approximately 5 cups)

5 large basil leaves, finely sliced

¾ teaspoon salt or to taste

½ teaspoon freshly ground pepper or to taste.

Heat oil in a heavy pot, and sauté onion until transparent. Add garlic and sauté another 2-3 minutes.

Add remaining ingredients and bring to a boil. Lower heat and simmer very gently for about 15 minutes.

 


 

Gloria Lee sent me several recipes recently and I tried this one for a Fresh Tomato Pizza last week. It is just as delicious as Gloria said it was and is so pretty. Gloria says the fresh herbs are the secret of this recipe and she thinks that fresh oregano might be good on this. This pizza is one of the prettiest that you’ll ever see, especially if your tomatoes are uniform in size.

I had leftovers so the next day I put a slice in my toaster oven and reheated it for several minutes on bake at about 250 degrees and it was as good as when I had just made it. I have also frozen several slices to try later.

Alan wants me to add some pepperoni for him the next time I make this – he thinks all pizzas need pepperoni. I’ll add some on his half next time.

Gloria’s recipe does not call for exact amounts but I will indicate roughly the amounts I used although basically you want to use enough to generously cover your pizza crust.   

FRESH TOMATO PIZZA

1 refrigerated pizza crust

Generous amount of grated Parmesan Cheese (approximately 1

    cup)

Generous amount of grated Mozzarella Cheese (approximately

    3 cups)

Chopped fresh rosemary (approximately 1 ½ tablespoons)

Chopped fresh basil (approximately 1 ½ tablespoons)

Sliced firm fresh tomatoes (as many a you need to cover your

    crust)

Freshly ground pepper and garlic salt to taste

Lightly spray a baking sheet or pizza pan with olive oil spray.

Preheat oven to temperature indicated on the pizza crust you

are using.

Top pizza crust with the remaining ingredients in the order listed in the recipe.

Bake approximately 20 minutes or until golden brown – watch this carefully, I found that in my oven it was ready in about 15 minutes.

 

 


 

I recently found this recipe in a North Carolina Art Museum Cook Book edited by Elizabeth Norfleet. I had given the cookbook to Mary Alice for her birthday so she could take a taste of North Carolina with her when she moved to Whidbey Island, Washington, later this month.

I browsed through the cookbook when we were babysitting several weeks ago and this recipe for Cheesy Crusted Chicken caught my eye. When we came home I tried this dish. It was delicious – something that I will make again. I think you will enjoy it too.

If you see this cookbook, I’m sorry I don’t remember the title; it has some wonderful sounding recipes and beautiful pictures reproduced from the North Carolina Museum of Art collection. This cookbook would be a great gift for someone.

CHEESY CRUSTED CHICKEN

(Serves 4)

3 cloves garlic, sliced

½ cup vegetable oil

1 cup bread crumbs

1 teaspoon salt

½ teaspoon freshly ground black pepper

½ cup finely grated sharp cheddar cheese

½ cup finely grated Parmesan cheese

4 bone-in chicken breast halves, skinned

Mix sliced garlic and oil in a bowl; let stand at least 20 minutes or preferably longer. Remove garlic.

Preheat oven to 350 degrees. In a separate bowl, mix together bread crumbs, salt, pepper, and cheeses.

Dip chicken pieces in garlic oil, then in crumb mixture.

Place crusted chicken on a rack that you have sprayed with Pam in a shallow baking pan. Pour the remaining oil over the chicken pieces.

Bake uncovered for about 45 minutes or a little longer if you have really large chicken breasts. However, be careful not to overcook.  

 


 

Several weeks ago I made a Corn and Vidalia Onion Pudding. When Alan walked through the kitchen while I was preparing this he observed that he didn’t see how it was going to be worth the trouble. After tasting it, he changed his mind. Furthermore, the leftovers were as good when reheated in the microwave as when the pudding was fresh from the oven. This is a good weekend or special occasion dish. I also think it would transport well for an addition to a covered dish meal. 

CORN and VIDALIA ONION PUDDING

(Serves 8)

3 tablespoons flour

1 ½ cups 2% milk

1 cup shredded Vermont white Cheddar cheese

½ teaspoon salt

¼ teaspoon freshly ground black pepper

½ teaspoon dried thyme

1/8 teaspoon Cayenne pepper

1 tablespoon butter

2 cups chopped Vidalia onion or other sweet onion if

   Vidalias are not available

1 tablespoon chopped garlic

2 large eggs, lightly beaten

2 ½ cups scraped fresh corn kernels

Arrange oven rack on center position. Spray a shallow oven to table baking dish with nonstick cooking spray—I used a 2.8 liter Corning French white oval dish when I made this.

Preheat oven to 375 degrees.

Place flour in a heavy, medium saucepan and whisk in ¼ cup of milk to make a paste. Pour in remaining 1 ¼ cups milk and stir thoroughly. Place pan over medium heat and cook, stirring, until mixture thickens, about 5 minutes. Add cheese a handful at a time, whisking constantly. Remove sauce from heat. Stir in salt, black pepper, dried thyme and Cayenne pepper. Set aside to cool.

Melt butter in large, heavy medium skillet over medium-high heat. Add onions and cook, stirring until softened, about 5 minutes. Add garlic and cook and stir 4 to 5 minutes more. Season with a little, additional salt and pepper. Remove from heat.

Whisk lightly beaten eggs into cooled sauce. Add corn and onions. Spread mixture evenly in prepared pan. Bake at 375 degrees on center shelf until pudding is firm and golden on top, 35 to 40 minutes. Cool 5 to 10 minutes. May garnish with sprigs of fresh thyme before serving, if desired. Serve hot. 

 


 

I tried this recipe for shrimp several weeks ago and we both enjoyed it. It does have a definite garlic flavor, particularly when I reheated the leftovers later, so if this is a problem for you, just cut back on the garlic. This is a very easy way to prepare shrimp—just be careful not to overcook them.  

GARLIC LOVERS SHRIMP BAKE

(Serves 3-4)

1 ½ pound medium shrimp, peeled and deveined

6 tablespoons butter

1 tablespoon lemon juice, freshly squeezed

3 cloves garlic, minced

1 teaspoon Worcestershire sauce

½ teaspoon hot pepper flakes

¼ teaspoon salt

1/3 cup cracker crumbs

Arrange shrimp in one layer in a shallow baking dish. (I used a 10-inch pyrex pie plate.)

In a small saucepan, melt the butter and add the lemon juice, garlic, Worcestershire sauce, red pepper flakes and salt. Reserve two tablespoons of this mixture and pour the remainder evenly over the shrimp.

Add the reserved butter to the cracker crumbs and sprinkle evenly over the shrimp.

Bake in a preheated, 450-degree oven for approximately 8 minutes, or until the crumbs are lightly browned and the shrimp is pink. Do not overcook or your shrimp will be tough.   

 


 

Local peaches are available now and it is wonderful to have them after the cold snaps did so much damage in recent springs. To celebrate this, I tried this incredibly easy recipe for a Spicy Peach Upside Down Cake. We thought it was delicious – we tried it served slightly warm with vanilla ice cream. The next night, I just warmed it for about 30 seconds at 50% power in the microwave and enjoyed it without a topping. I had a friend tell me that is was good for breakfast, too. I hope you’ll enjoy this as much as we did.

SPICY PEACH UPSIDE DOWN CAKE

(Serves 15)

2 cups chopped peaches

1 tablespoon lemon juice

1 tablespoon sugar

¼ cup butter

¾ cup brown sugar

½ cup chopped pecans

1 package spice cake mix (18 ½ oz.)

Preheat oven to 350 degrees.

Sprinkle chopped peaches with lemon juice and sugar and set a 

aside.

Melt butter in 9x13-inch cake pan. Sprinkle evenly with brown sugar and pecans. Evenly add a layer of chopped peaches.

Prepare cake mix according to package directions. Spread evenly over the peaches. Bake at 350 for approximately 35 minutes or until done.

Cook for 10 minutes in pan, then invert onto serving tray. Serve warm with whipped topping or vanilla ice cream, if desired.

 


 

If all the blooms on the blackberry bushes yield berries we should have a bumper crop of this fruit. In anticipation of this, I gave in and bought some blackberries in a grocery store several weeks ago so I could try this recipe for Wild Blackberry Crisp. It was delicious and I didn’t even serve it with ice cream or whipped cream. There could hardly be an easier dessert to make than this.

WILD BLACKBERRY CRISP

(Serves 6)

1 quart wild blackberries, fresh or frozen

¾ cup sugar

¼ cup flour

½ cup butter, chilled

2/3 cup brown sugar, packed

1 1/3 cups flour

Preheat oven to 375 degrees.

Generously butter a 9x9-inch baking dish.

Mix berries, sugar and flour. Place in prepared baking dish. If your blackberries are not very juicy, sprinkle this mixture with a tablespoon or two of water.

In a separate bowl, cut the topping ingredients together with a pastry blender until crumbly. Sprinkle the topping over the blackberries.

Bake in a preheated oven for about 45 minutes or until browned and bubbly.

Serve warm with a scoop of vanilla ice cream or whipped cream.


 

When Mary Alice was married, one of my friends gave her a copy of Come On In! recipes from the Junior League of Jackson, Mississippi. This is a wonderful cookbook that is easy to use and it has a lot of recipes that are user friendly.

Since Mary Alice and Steve have been married, Uncle Sam has sent them from coast to coast and Mary Alice says that a lot of the time when she is asked to take a dessert to a covered dish or to a bake sale, she uses the recipe for this Vanishing Blueberry Pie that she found in Come On In! She says it truly vanishes. Mary Alice says that frequently when she is making this for her family she will use the almond extract since this is a flavor that they like.

Mary Alice did observe that at the last bake sale at her church she took this pie as well as a Southern Chess Pie and her west coast friends did not seem to know what a chess pie was.

 

VANISHING BLUEBERRY PIE

(Serves 8)

1 cup sour cream

2 tablespoons all-purpose flour

¾ cup sugar

1 teaspoon vanilla extract or ½ teaspoon almond extract

¼ teaspoon salt

1 large egg, beaten

2 ½ cups fresh blueberries, washed and drained

1 unbaked 9-inch pie shell

 

3 tablespoons all purpose flour

3 tablespoons unsalted butter, room temperature

3 tablespoons chopped pecans or walnuts

Preheat oven to 400 degrees.

For this pie, blend sour cream, flour, sugar, vanilla, salt and egg until smooth. Fold in blueberries. Pour filling into the pastry shell and bake for 25 minutes.

Make the topping by thoroughly combining the flour, butter, and nuts. Sprinkle the topping over the pie and bake 10 additional minutes. Chill before serving.


 

 

I was excited to get a copy of A Taste of Tradition, the new West Chatham Food Pantry cookbook, several weeks ago. (See story about the cookbook on the B front in this week’s paper.) As a matter of fact, it was my reading material on a road trip that week.

I found many interesting recipes and have been given permission to share a couple of them with you—hopefully to tempt you to purchase this cookbook. One recipe that really intrigued me, and my daughter May Alice agrees, is Joanna Canipe’s for a Lasagna Soup. This is definitely on my list of recipes to try in the fall or on a cool summer day. As soon as I make a dent in the leftovers in my refrigerator, or when Alan say no to them, I am planning to try Paula Hargrove’s recipe for Day Ahead Dijon Chicken.

I think you will enjoy this cookbook and may want to buy extras to give to family and friends.

LASAGNA SOUP

1 lb. ground beef

1 onion, chopped

1 bell pepper, chopped

3 cloves garlic, minced

1 (32-oz.) box chicken broth

2 (14.5-oz.) cans petite diced tomatoes

1 (15-oz.) can tomato sauce

1 T. firmly packed brown sugar

2 tsp. Italian seasoning

½ tsp. salt

2 c. broken lasagna noodles

1 (5-oz.) pkg. grated Parmesan cheese

1 (5.5 oz.) box Italian seasoned croutons

2 c. shredded mozzarella cheese

Combine ground beef, onion, bell pepper and garlic; cook over medium-high heat, 8 to 10 minutes, stirring occasionally until beef is browned and crumbles. Drain well.

Stir in broth, diced tomatoes, tomato sauce, brown sugar, Italian seasoning and salt. Bring to a boil over medium-high heat; reduce heat, and simmer 15 minutes. Add noodles, and simmer until noodles are tender. Stir in Parmesan cheese.

Preheat broiler. Ladle soup into 10 ovenproof bowls. Top with croutons; sprinkle with mozzarella cheese. Broil soups for 3 to 4 minutes or until cheese is browned and bubbly.

 

DAY AHEAD DIJON CHICKEN

4 boneless chicken breasts

½ c. honey

½ c. Dijon mustard

1 T. curry

2 T. soy sauce or teriyaki sauce

Place chicken snugly in baking dish, meat side down. Mix other ingredients.  Pour over chicken and refrigerate overnight. Turn chicken over. Cover with foil and bake for 1 hour at 350 degrees. Baste well with sauce and continue baking, uncovered, for 15 minutes. Spoon sauce over chicken and serve. Excellent with buttered rice.

 


 

 

I tried this recipe for Chicken with Mushrooms and Shallots recently and was very pleased with it. This is easy to prepare and I thought it was a nice way to do something a little different with chicken. I served this on top of a serving of rice and garnished it with a little chopped parsley.

 

CHICKEN with MUSHROOMS and SHALLOTS

(Serves 4)

4 boneless chicken breast halves with skin removed

¼ cup olive oil

1 cup sliced mushrooms

2 tablespoons minced shallots or purple onions

¼ teaspoon salt

¼ teaspoon black pepper

1 cup shredded mozzarella cheese

If your chicken breasts are extremely large you may want to tenderize them.

Saute Chicken in olive oil in skillet over medium heat for 8 minutes. Turn chicken.

Add mushrooms and shallots. Season with salt and black pepper. Cook for an additional 8 minutes or until chicken is tender and done. Don’t overcook.

Place chicken on platter. Sprinkle generously with the shredded cheese and top with the mushrooms and shallots. Cover with aluminum foil and let stand for 5 minutes or until cheese is melted.

 


 

I tried this recipe for Everything but the Kitchen Sink Cookies several months ago when I needed a recipe that yielded a lot of cookies. I realize that the yield will vary depending on the size of your cookies, but I had at least 12 dozen cookies. I thought it was a very good cookie and I found that they froze nicely.

A good feature of this recipe is that you can vary it according to what you have on hand after you combine the first nine ingredients. Then add a spice or delete according to what you like and what you have on hand. Try substituting semisweet chocolate morsels and peanut butter morsels and rather than adding toffee bits use 1 2/3 cup chopped pecans and combine all of these with the rolled oats. Experiment and find what combinations you like best.

A word of caution, however, I used the biggest bowl I own when I assembled these.

 

 

 EVERYTHING BUT THE KITCHEN SINK COOKIES

(Serves 50)

2 cups butter, softened

2 cups sugar

2 cups brown sugar

5 eggs

2 teaspoons vanilla extract

4 cups all-purpose flour

2 teaspoons baking soda

2 teaspoons baking powder

1 teaspoon salt

   2 teaspoons ground cinnamon

   1 tablespoon instant coffee granules

   1 teaspoon pumpkin pie spice

   1 teaspoon allspice

   1 teaspoon ground nutmeg

5 cups rolled oats

1 (12-ounce) bag milk chocolate morsels

1 (12-ounce) bag white chocolate morsels

2/3 cup almond toffee bits

1 cup chopped pecans

 

Preheat oven to 350 degrees.

In a large bowl, beat butter with an electric mixer until creamy. Add sugars and beat until smooth. Add eggs, one at a time, beating well after each addition. Add vanilla.

In a separate bowl, combine flour, baking soda, baking powder, cinnamon, coffee granules, pumpkin-pie spice, all-spice, nutmeg, and salt. Gradually add to the butter mixture.

In a separate bowl, combine oats, chocolate morsels, toffee bits, and pecans. Add oat mixture to cookie dough and mix with hands.

Drop cookies by rounded teaspoonfuls onto an un-greased baking sheet.

(Try making these without some of the spices and substitute peanut butter morsels for the white chocolate and use 1 2/3 cups chopped pecans eliminating the toffee bits if you don’t have them on hand.)

Bake for 11 to 13 minutes per batch, or until edges of cookies are lightly brown.  

 


 

When I was a child you could not persuade me to eat a tomato whether it was fresh from my Daddy’s garden or was cooked. How my tastes have changed! Amber Morris King sent me the National Symphony Orchestra Cookbook (soft cover--$19.95) and it has some great recipes. The cookbook would make a wonderful souvenir of a trip to Washington.

One recipe that I have prepared several times that I have really enjoyed is this recipe for a Tomato Casserole. I have taken this to several covered dish meals and did not have any leftovers.

TOMATO CASSEROLE

(Serves 8)

2 14 ½ ounce of diced tomatoes

1/2 cup chopped onion

¼ cup chopped green pepper

1/2 cup of light brown sugar

1 tablespoon Worcestershire sauce

3/4 teaspoon Creole seasoning (generous)

1 cup Pepperidge Farm Cornbread stuffing

1 cup sharp Cheddar cheese, grated or as needed to sprinkle

    over the casserole (optional—I used it)

Combine diced tomatoes, chopped onion, chopped bell pepper, light brown sugar, Worcestershire sauce, Creole seasoning and cornbread stuffing mix. Pour into a lightly greased shallow baking dish. Bake at 350 degrees for 25 minutes or until hot and bubbly. Top with grated cheese if using and cut off oven while leaving casserole in oven just long enough to melt the cheese—only a minute or two.

If I were serving this during the Christmas season I would try to find white cheddar cheese and sprinkle it with chopped fresh parsley just before serving.

 

 


 

 

My daughter Margaret shared this recipe that a friend had given her for a fresh beef brisket. Margaret says this is the best brisket recipe that she has ever tried. We bought a brisket and cooked it using her recipe and it was delicious and incredible easy. This is a recipe that we will use again.

AUNT ABBY’s BEEF BRISKET – MARGARET

(Serves 10)

1 fresh beef brisket – ours weighed about 4 ½ pounds

½ cup packed dark brown sugar

2 envelopes regular onion soup mix (not instant)

1 teaspoon garlic powder

1 ½ cups catsup

Line a large roasting pan with heavy foil, letting the ends of the foil hang over the edges of the pan. Place brisket on the foil. Sprinkle the sugar, soup mix, and garlic powder over the brisket. Drizzle catsup over all. Fold the ends of the foil over the brisket, sealing securely and leaving air space.

Be sure to seal really tightly so nothing leaks out while it is baking—if juices do leak out then take it out of the foil and put it in the roasting pan and reseal the top tightly with foil so it stays moist while it continues baking slowly.

Bake in a 325 degree oven for 3 ½ hours or till tender. Transfer to a platter and allow to cool slightly before slicing. Skim grease from sauce and serve warm sauce with the meat.

To make ahead and reheat: after cooking, cool and slice brisket. Store in refrigerator in sauce or freeze in sauce Reheat before serving.

 


 

While fresh local strawberries are available, try this recipe for Strawberry Drop Biscuits. When served warm they are just delicious. Also drop biscuits, which I remember my mother making, are a good way for a beginning cook to start making biscuits. When blueberries come in I am going to try substituting them in this recipe. (When I made these, my strawberries had not been refrigerated and were at room temperature.)

STRAWBERRY DROP BISCUITS

(Serves 12)

2 cups all-purpose flour

3 teaspoons baking powder

2 tablespoons sugar

1/2 teaspoon salt

2 tablespoons shortening

1 1/3 cup milk

1 cup sliced strawberries

Preheat oven to 375 degrees.

Combine dry ingredients. Add shortening and cut it in until the mixture is crumbly. Add milk and beat until smooth. Fold in sliced strawberries.

Drop batter by spoonfuls onto greased cookie sheet.

Bake at 375 degrees for 20 minutes until lightly browned. Allow to cool for a couple of minutes before serving warm.

This makes 12 generous sized biscuits.

 


 

I was going through recipes that I had clipped from magazines years ago and came across this recipe for Lemon and Rosemary Pinto Beans. I tried it and Alan thought they were some of the best pinto beans he had ever eaten. This is a great variation of a marinated bean salad. If you make this in advance it is important to let the beans come to room temperature, otherwise they will be quite crunchy. 

PINTO BEANS MARINATED LEMON & ROSEMARY

(Serves 6)

2 15-ounce cans pinto beans, rinsed and drained

¾ cup chopped sweet onion

¼ cup extra-virgin olive oil

3 tablespoons red wine vinegar

1 ½ teaspoons minced, fresh rosemary

1 teaspoon minced fresh garlic

1/8 teaspoon Tabasco sauce

6 lemon wedges

Combine the first seven ingredients in a medium bowl. Toss to blend. Season to taste with salt and pepper. (Can be made a day ahead. If so, cover and chill in the refrigerator. Then allow to stand at room temperature for 30 minutes before serving.)

Garnish with lemon wedges to squeeze over the beans and fresh rosemary sprigs, if desired. 

 

Several weeks ago I bought some fresh rhubarb and some Florida strawberries and baked this Strawberry-Rhubarb Crisp. I served this warm from the oven and we both enjoyed it. I will make this again but if my strawberries are really sweet I will reduce to about ¾ cup the amount of sugar that you mix with the fruits because I like for this dessert to be a little tart – especially if it is served with vanilla ice cream. 


 

STRAWBERRY-RHUBARB CRISP

(Serves 8)

1 cup packed light brown sugar

1 ½ cups flour

¾ cup cold unsalted butter cut into pieces

1 pound rhubarb

½ quart strawberries

1 lemon (use zest from entire lemon and juice from half the        

    lemon)

½ teaspoon vanilla extract

1 cup sugar – or less if strawberries really sweet

Preheat oven to 400 degrees. Using a food processor, with a metal blade, mix brown sugar and flour together. Add butter. Mix until large pea-size chunks from and crumbs hold together. Set aside.

Trim off rough ends of rhubarb and cut into 1-inch lengths. Remove stems on strawberries and cut into quarters. Place rhubarb and strawberries in a bowl. Add juice of half the lemon, the zest, vanilla and sugar and toss gently.

Place fruit mixture into a buttered 8-inch square casserole. Cover with the brown sugar topping. Bake for 45 minutes or until fruit juices are bubbling. My crisp did not bubble over but to protect your oven, place a cookie pan on the bottom oven rack.

 

 

 

One of the signs of spring is fresh asparagus. While they are available, try this recipe for Roasted Asparagus. They are delicious prepared this way and it is so easy with little or no cleanup. Just be sure not to overcook them.

I toasted the pine nuts in a 325 degree oven for 4 or 5 minutes watching them carefully. You want them to be a very light golden-brownish color.

 


 

ROASTED ASPARAGUS

(Serves 4)

1 pound medium-size fresh asparagus spears, trimmed

½ tablespoon olive oil (you can use olive or vegetable oil spray)

¼ cup pine nuts, toasted

¼ teaspoon salt or to taste

1 plum tomato, seeded and chopped

Toss asparagus in olive oil or spray lightly with cooking spray. Arrange asparagus in a single layer in an aluminum foil-lined pan.

Bake at 425 degrees for 7 minutes or just until crisp tender.

Sprinkle asparagus with salt, toasted pine nuts and chopped tomatoes.

 


 

 

Recently I had leftover ham as you usually do when there are only two of you and you bake a ham. I decided to use it by trying this recipe for ham salad. Both of us liked this. It is a good sandwich filler or a tasty spread to use for hors d’oeuvres. This recipe is basically just a starting point—depending on the type of ham you use you may need more or less Miracle Whip or any of the other ingredients. If you ham is especially salty eliminate the salt. (I used a Cure 81 ham when I prepared this salad). Try this recipe and don’t be afraid to play with it!

HAM SALAD

(Serves 8)

3 cups cooked ham, ground

½ cup chopped sweet pickle

2 teaspoon sweet pickle juice

3 green onions, chopped, including a little of the tops

3 hard boiled eggs, chopped

2 tablespoons Durkee’s Sauce or Dijon mustard

½ cup Miracle Whip or more if needed

2 teaspoons prepared horseradish

¼ teaspoon salt

½ teaspoon freshly ground black pepper or to taste

Mix all ingredients together by hand. Refrigerate until ready to use.

Try to allow enough time for the flavors to develop—at least overnight. Serve on rye, whole wheat or white bread for a delicious sandwich. This recipe will easily double or triple but do not freeze it.

 

Several weeks ago a reader from Moncure called and wanted to know why I had not featured a recipe for a New Orleans-style gumbo in this column. I told him that I would try to remedy that omission shortly so I began to look at gumbo recipes. I discovered that there are about as many versions of this dish as there are of Brunswick Stew. The recipe that I finally tried is one that I came up with after combining elements from two recipes. I chose to use chicken and shrimp in my version because they are easy for us to obtain unlike some versions that call for smoked duck’s breast or any other number of meats.

This version is also easy in that it does not require making a roux. We both were pleased with this gumbo and I think you might enjoy it, too.  

 


 

CHICKEN and SHRIMP GUMBO

(Serves 8)

4 sliced thick-cut bacon

1 large onion, finely chopped

½ large green pepper, chopped

2 stalks celery, chopped

1 large clove garlic, minced (optional)

1 ½ cups frozen sliced okra, rinsed under cold water and

   drained, or fresh okra, ends trimmed and sliced

3 cups chicken broth

2 14.5 can whole tomatoes, with their juices, chopped

1 bay leaf

1 pound boneless, skinless chicken breasts, any fat removed

½ pound medium shrimp, peeled and de-veined

2 tablespoons chopped fresh flat-leaf parsley

¼ teaspoon freshly-ground  black pepper

½ teaspoon salt or to taste

1/8 teaspoon cayenne pepper or more to taste (optional)  

2 teaspoons gumbo file powder to sprinkle over gumbo when serving (1/8-1/4 teaspoon or to taste for each individual serving)

 4 cups cooked long-grained rice

 

In a large pot, cook the bacon until crisp. Remove bacon, drain on paper towels and crumble.

Add onions, green pepper, celery, garlic and okra to pot. Saute in bacon fat for 5 minutes until onion is translucent. Stir in the tomatoes and chicken broth and salt and black pepper. Add whole chicken breasts and simmer until chicken is done. Remove chicken from pot and shred into bite-sized pieces and return to the pot.

Remove bay leaf, Add parsley. Taste for seasoning and add cayenne pepper at this point. Stir in shrimp and simmer over medium low heat for 20-30 minutes. (Prepare rice while shrimp are simmering.)

Ladle gumbo over hot rice and sprinkle with reserved crumbled bacon and gumbo file powder.


 

When I was in Florida with Margaret several months ago we ate lunch in a little tearoom-type restaurant that is very popular with locals in her area. Jonathan says that when he joins her he is always the only man in the place but the food is so good that he doesn’t mind. When we were there we shared a slice of Key Lime Pound Cake with a Cream Cheese Glaze type of icing. The cake was delicious but we decided we could replicate it ourselves.

At the time I thought this would be a wonderful addition to any meal so why not try it for Easter this year?

I found this recipe on the Internet and tried it and thought is was delicious. I was in a hurry so I simply used the glaze in the recipe but the next time I try this I am going to try to replicate the cream cheese glaze – I think they probably slightly thinned the usual cream cheese icing with a very small amount of key lime juice.

 

KEY LIME DAIQUIRI POUND CAKE

(Serves 16)

1 cup butter

½ cup shortening

2 cups white sugar

5 eggs

3 cups all-purpose flour

½ teaspoon baking powder

1 cup milk

2 tablespoons rum

1 tablespoon grated key lime zest

2 teaspoons key lime juice

1 ½ teaspoons vanilla extract

½ teaspoon lemon juice

1/4 cup white sugar

1/4 cup butter

2 tablespoons key lime juice

2 teaspoons grated key lime zest

3 tablespoons rum

Preheat oven to 325 degrees.

Grease and flour a 10-inch tube or bundt pan.

Mix together the flour and baking powder.

In a large bowl, cream together 1 cup butter, shortening, and 2 cups sugar until light and fluffy. Beat in the eggs one at a time. Beat in the flour mixture alternately with the milk, mixing just until incorporated. Stir in 2 tablespoons rum, 1 tablespoon key lime zest, 2 teaspoons key lime juice, vanilla and lemon juice.

Pour batter into the prepared pan.

Bake in preheated oven for 90 minutes, or until cake tests done. Allow to cool in pan 10 minutes. Turn it out onto a wire rack. While warm, prick top of cake with toothpick. Brush Key Lime Daiquiri Glaze over the warm cake. Cool completely.

 

To make Glaze: In small saucepan, combine 1/4 cup sugar, 1/4 cup butter, 2 tablespoons key lime juice and 2 teaspoons key lime zest.

Bring to boil. Continue boiling, stirring constantly, for 1 minute.

Remove from heat and stir in 3 tablespoons rum.


 

Mary Alice’s friend Kyla sent this recipe for a Hot Wing Chicken Dip which I think would be a wonderful addition when you are planning snacks to serve if you have friends over to watch the basketball tournament games. Kyla said that when she made this she used Texas Pete wing sauce. She also confessed that she cheated and used 2 cans of chicken that she drained and shredded. Kyla said that when she served this for a Super Bowl party everybody loved it.

Alan says it tastes exactly like Hot Wings! 

KYLA’s HOT WING CHICKEN DIP

1 8-ounce package cream cheese, softened

1 cup bottled Ranch Salad Dressing

1 package original dry Ranch Dressing mix

½ cup bottled Wing Sauce—or to taste

1 8-ounce package shredded Cheddar cheese

3-4 cooked chicken breasts, shredded (or two cans of chicken, drained and shredded)

Mix and bake at 350 degrees until bubbly and golden. Serve with celery sticks and tortilla scoopers.

If you decide to use less wing sauce you may need to thin the mixture with a little additional Ranch Dressing.   

 


 

Years ago I clipped this recipe for Stir-Fried Beef with Broccoli and Oranges because I thought it seemed like an interesting flavor combination. I finally got around to trying the recipe several weeks ago and we both really enjoyed it. It was quick and easy to prepare and best of all was something a little different. I used a Stir-Fry Sauce that I bought in the Oriental food section at a local grocery store. 

STIR-FRIED BEEF with BROCCOLI and ORANGES

(Serves 4)

1 bunch broccoli (about 1 ¼ pounds), stems peeled and cut

   in ½-inch pieces, florets separated

3 large naval oranges

3 teaspoons vegetable oil

12 ounces beef top round for London broil, sliced thinly on

    the diagonal, then cut in bite-sized strips

½ cup bottled stir-fry sauce 

Add broccoli to a large pot of boiling water. Cook 3 to 5 minutes or until barely crisp-tender. Drain and immerse in ice water to stop the cooking. Remove from water and spread on paper towels to dry.

Squeeze juice from 1 orange into a medium bowl. With a sharp knife, cut peel and white membrane from remaining 2 oranges. Holding oranges cut between membranes to release sections. Squeeze any juice remaining from the membranes into bowl. (You should have ½ cup of juice.)

Heat 1 teaspoon of the oil in a large nonstick skillet or wok over high heat. Add beef in batches and stir-fry until brown, taking care not to crowd skillet and adding the remaining oil as needed. Remove beef to a bowl as it browns.

Remove any excess oil from your wok.

Add stir-fry sauce, orange juice and broccoli to skillet or wok. Stir over medium heat 2 to 3 minutes until the liquid is lightly reduced and the broccoli is hot. Stir in the beef and orange sections; cook 1 minute to heat through.

Serve over a bed of rice.

(Put the beef in the freezer for 10 to 15 minutes to make slicing it easier.)


 

Both of these cookies were served at coffee hour at our church this month. I ran the recipe for Joan Thompson’s Oat Bars years and years ago, but I had not made them in a long while. When Joan served these this week and we  were practically inhaling them, they were so good. I promised to rerun the recipe for those of you who missed it the first time around or for people like me who had forgotten just how good these crispy bars are.

I found the recipe for Butterfinger Cookies in the Best of the Best from Washington Cookbook that Caroline and Jackson gave me for Christmas. (There are Best of the Best Cookbooks for almost every state or region of the US – a good travel souvenir if you are like me.) When I saw this recipe I knew that I needed to try this since Butterfingers are Alan’s favorite candy bar. We both thought these were yummy-almost addictively so. When I made these I added additional flour and baking soda to the recipe in the cookbook because of the moistness of my peanut butter (Peter Pan).The ingredient amounts in the recipe in the paper are for the version of the cookies that I baked.

 

JOAN THOMPSON’S OAT BARS

 

(Serves 20)

1 cup butter or margarine, softened

1 cup sugar

1 beaten egg yolk

1 teaspoon vanilla

1 ¾ cups flour

1 lightly beaten egg white

½ cup oats.

Preheat oven to 275 degrees.

Lightly grease a 10x15-inch jelly roll pan.

Cream butter or margarine and sugar. Add beaten egg yolk and vanilla. Stir in flour.

Pat mixture into prepared jelly roll pan. Brush with egg white and sprinkle with a generous ½ cup of oats.

Bake at 275 for approximately 1 hour and 10 minutes or until a light golden brown. Remove from oven and cut into bars. Let cool and remove from pan.


 

Several weeks ago I found a piece of beef in my freezer and upon examination I decided it was a small piece of chuck. When I weighed it I found that I had enough to try this recipe if I halved the recipe, which I did. This beef had a delicious rich flavor that we both really enjoyed. I had never thought of adding coffee to a beef stew but it works and really enhanced the flavor of this dish. (Since I halved the recipe, I used a small slow cooker.)

BRAISED BEEF with COFFEE and RED WINE

(Serves 8)

3 pounds beef stew meat, such as boneless chuck, trimmed of

   fat and cut into 1 ½” cubes, and patted dry

2 tablespoons all purpose flour

1/8 teaspoon salt

1/8 teaspoon freshly ground black pepper

3 tablespoons olive oil

2 medium onions, chopped

3 carrots, sliced diagonally into 2-inch pieces

4 new red or white potatoes, diced

6 small turnips, peeled and quartered

1 cup strong coffee

½ teaspoon dried thyme

½ cup dry red wine

Use a medium or large round or oval slow cooker.

In a zip-lock plastic bag or a bowl, toss the beef with the flour, salt, and pepper, shaking off the excess. In a large skillet over medium-high heat, warm 1 ½ tablespoons of the oil until very hot, add half the beef and brown on all sides about 5 minutes. Transfer to the slow cooker. Repeat with the remaining oil and beef.

Add the onions to the skillet and cook, stirring until softened, about 5 minutes. Transfer to the slow cooker and add the carrots, potatoes, and turnips. Add the coffee and thyme to the cooker. Pour the wine into the skillet and bring to a boil over medium heat, stirring constantly and scraping up any browned bits stuck to the pan. Pour into the cooker and stir. Cover and cook on LOW until the meat is tender; 7 to 8 hours. Taste for salt and pepper and adjust seasonings if necessary. Serve.


 

Gloria Lee included a recipe in her Christmas card to me and I already consider it one of my favorite Christmas gifts. She said that she had prepared these muffins and taken them to a Pot Luck and they were almost inhaled. Gloria said that she planned to serve them Christmas morning.

I thought this was a good idea so I had Mary Alice add the ingredients to her grocery list and we had these as well as Moravian Sugar Cake as our Christmas morning breakfast. I prepared these again after we came home and thought they were even better with our “Southern Sausage” than with what was sold in the Northwest. I used hot sausage both times and fixed some regular sized muffins and a few miniature muffins and adjusted my cooking times accordingly. I individually wrapped and froze some of the muffins and when we were at the beach several weeks ago, I heated them and served them for breakfast I found that one medium sized muffin was enough for me and did not leave me feeling hungry before lunch. I served these then with fresh orange sections and I really enjoyed this flavor combination—try it.

I hope you enjoy Gloria’s Sausage-Cheese Muffins as your Valentine!

SAUSAGE and CHEESE MUFFINS

(Serves 8)

1 pound pork sausage, cooked until no longer pink—

   drain and cool

3 cups Bisquick

1 ½ cups shredded Cheddar cheese

1 10-3/4-ounce condensed Cheddar soup

¾ cup water

Combine cooked sausage, Bisquick and shredded cheese in a large bowl. Make a well in the center of the mixture.

Stir together the soup and the water, add to sausage mixture, stirring just until the dry ingredients are moistened. Spoon into lightly greased muffin pans, filling to the top of the cups.

Bake at 375 degrees for 20 to 25 minutes or until lightly browned.

This will make about 15 regular-sized muffins or 36 small muffins.

 


 

 

This recipe appeared in Southern Lady magazine last year and I tried it. It was embarrassingly easy and is delicious. It took so little time to prepare that Alan was working on the computer and didn’t even realize that I had already made the fudge and cleaned the kitchen. I really don’t see how you could have a failure with this recipe.

KAHLUA CHOCOLATE FUDGE

(Serves 16)

1 can Eagle Brand condensed milk

¼ cup Kahlua

2 tablespoons instant coffee granules

12 ounces semisweet chocolate morsels

1 cup chopped pecans or walnuts

½ teaspoon vanilla

Combine condensed milk, Kahlua, and instant coffee granules in a heavy saucepan. Bring to a brisk simmer and cook for 2 minutes or until thickened, stirring constantly.

Remove from heat and stir in chocolate morsels. Stir until melted. Add nuts and vanilla and blend in.

Pour fudge mixture into an 8x8-inch pan that you have lined with aluminum foil. Refrigerate for 2 hours. Remove pan from refrigerator and turn upside down to remove candy with the foil lining. Gently peel away the lining.

Cut fudge into 32 pieces and store in an air tight container in the refrigerator.   

 


 

Today’s recipe was created by Kathy Shortt of Garner and she won first place in the N.C. Pork Council Tarheel Pork Challenge. I made this recipe this morning and I like it. It is incredibly quick and easy. The only change that I made to the recipe was that I used a nonstick pot and did not add the olive oil when I cooked the sausage. After I had sautéed the sausage, I drained it in a colander and then spread it on paper towels to drain some more. Then I added the olive oil and began sautéing my mushrooms and added the sausage at this point. From start to finish it took me 45 minutes to prepare this recipe.

Although I am sure you could do this in advance I probably wouldn’t because you will lose the pretty bright green spinach color.

I think this will be a great Super Bowl recipe. Serve it with some crusty bread and you should have some happy guests.

KATHY’s SAUSAGE and TORTELLINI SOUP

(Serves 10)

1 teaspoon olive oil

2 (19.76-ounce) packages sweet Italian sausage

2 (8-ounce) cartons sliced, fresh mushrooms

1 (9-ounce) bag of baby spinach

2 (14-ounce) can diced tomatoes

2 (32-ounce) cartons low sodium chicken broth

1 (28-ounce) package fresh Three Cheese Tortellini (from dairy

   case)

Grated Parmesan cheese for garnish.

Coat a large stock pot with olive oil or cooking spray.

Remove sausage from casings and heat over medium heat in a stock pot until sausage is completely cooked, add sliced mushrooms and cook, stirring occasionally, until they are sautéed. Add the entire bad of baby spinach. Cook stirring occasionally, until spinach is lightly sautéed. Add diced tomatoes and stir thoroughly.

Add chicken broth and bring to a boil. Add tortellini and simmer on low for 10 to 15 minutes until the pasta is cooked. Ladle into soup bowls and sprinkle generously with Parmesan cheese.

Variation: The first four ingredients can be cooked together and used as a tasty sauce for pasta

.


 

I am always attracted to green salad recipes that have interesting ingredients. My daughter suggested that I might like this recipe for an Orange-Avocado Salad with Baby Mixed Greens that appeared in Southern Living several years ago. She was right. This is a great combination of flavors and it is a pretty salad as well.

SALAD/ORANGE – AVOCADO WITH BABY MIXED GREENS

(Serves 6)

2 medium avocados, sliced

2 navel oranges, peeled and sectioned

1 5-ounce bag baby mixed greens

3 slices prosciutto, cut into thin strips

¼ cup thinly sliced red onion

1/3 cup chopped toasted walnuts

 

½ cup olive oil

¼ cup white balsamic vinegar

1 tablespoon honey

½ teaspoon salt

¼ teaspoon freshly ground black pepper

Arrange greens on a serving platter. Top with avocado slices and orange segments. Sprinkle evenly with prosciutto, red onion and toasted walnuts.

Whisk dressing ingredients together in a small bowl.

Drizzle arranged salad with the desired amount of dressing.

 


 

We all like the convenience of bottled salad dressings and the variety that is available now is mind-boggling. Although the quality of these dressings has improved dramatically sometimes it is nice to have something homemade. These are two of my favorites. The recipe for the Tangy French Salad Dressing was given to me by my aunt many years ago and it is almost identical to the dressing that used to be served on salads at the Rathskeller in Chapel Hill. The Italian dressing is very good—in fact, I think the perfect salad dressing if you are serving spaghetti or lasagna.

TANGY FRENCH DRESSING

(Serves 8)

1 cup safflower oil

1/3 cup cider vinegar

½ cup catsup

½ cup sugar

1 teaspoon salt

1 teaspoon Worcestershire

1 small onion

1 clove garlic (optional)

If you are using garlic, lightly mash it and let it soak in the vinegar for an hour. Then remove it from the vinegar

Cut onion in small pieces. Place ingredients in the blender in the order given. Blend. Refrigerate.

If you like a slightly less sweet dressing cut back on the sugar.

ITALIAN SALAD DRESSING

(Serves 20)

1 clove garlic

1 cup tarragon vinegar

1 tablespoon salt

1 tablespoon sugar

2 teaspoon dry mustard

1 teaspoon paprika

½ teaspoon freshly ground black pepper

1 teaspoon dried oregano

1 tablespoon chopped parsley

2 cups safflower oil

Soak garlic in vinegar one hour before mixing the dressing.

Remove garlic from vinegar. Mix dry ingredients together in a covered jar or bottle. Add vinegar to dry ingredients. Shake for several minutes to mix. Pour in oil slowly, mixing as you pour. Chill until ready to use. Shake well before using.


 

The Spicy Lemon Chicken is very flavorful. We both enjoyed it and found that is was a nice change from plain old chicken. I found the Indonesian chili sauce locally. My son-in-law introduced us to this condiment when he brought us some when he returned from Korea—because of the packaging he called it Rooster Sauce.

SPICY LEMON CHICKEN

(Serves 6)

6 skinless chicken drumsticks

6 skinless chicken thighs

2 lemons

4 garlic cloves, minced

1 large onion, finely chopped

1 teaspoon Indonesian chili sauce or any Asian chili sauce

2 tablespoons olive oil

¼ teaspoon salt

¼ teaspoon freshly ground black pepper or to taste

¼ cup chopped parsley

In a medium bowl, combine the lemon zest and the juice from the two lemons, garlic, onion, Asian chili sauce, olive oil, salt and pepper. Transfer the chicken and marinade to a zip-lock plastic bag and seal. Place the bag in the refrigerator to marinate overnight, or about 10 hours.

Preheat the oven to 350 degrees.

Remove the chicken from the marinade and arrange on a large roasting pan. Roast until cooked through, about 45 minutes to 1 hour. When the chicken is pierced with a knife the juices should run clear.

Serve hot, sprinkled with the chopped parsley.

 


 

Every year I review the recipes that have appeared in this column during the past year and select some of my personal favorites as the best of the year. Of course, this is a purely subjective judgment and any of you might select entirely different ones.

My new favorite squash recipe is this one for a Squash and Cheese Casserole. I like it because you do not precook the squash, which means that it has some texture after baking.

I especially enjoyed the Bailey’s Irish Cream cheesecake. It has a wonderful creamy texture and a delicious subtle flavor.

One of Mary Alice’s friend’s mothers sent her the recipe for Meatloaf Muffins. Meatloaf is one of my favorites and I really enjoyed these. I individually wrapped my leftover “muffins” and placed them in a zip lock bag and froze them. They make a quick and easy lunch and I discovered that my two-year-old granddaughter liked them too.

This recipe for Shrimp Creole appeared in the cookbook Blessed Isle-Recipes from Pawley’s Island that was published in 1995 by the Episcopal Church Women of All Saints Parrish, All Saints Waccamaw Episcopal Church. This is not a typical shrimp Creole because it is prepared in a casserole version. I used petite-diced canned tomatoes and breadcrumbs when I prepared this. If you opt to use cracker crumbs, you may need to reduce the amount of salt called for in the recipe.

 

SQUASH & CHEESE CASSEROLE

(Serves 8)

1 medium onion, chopped

1 stick butter or margarine

1 cup Pepperidge Farm Dressing Mix (herb flavor)

4 medium-sized yellow squash (unpeeled and sliced)

½ pound grated American cheese

Sauté onion in butter. Add crumbs when onions are translucent (this will be mushy).  Remove onion mixture from heat. Layer sliced squash in a lightly greased casserole dish. (I used an 8x8 one.) Lightly salt and pepper the squash. Sprinkle crumbs over the sliced squash and then add a layer of cheese. Continue layering---I had 3 layers---ending with cheese on top. Bake at 350 degrees for approximately 45 minutes.

Note: Use only fresh uncooked squash for this recipe.

 

BAILEY’S IRISH CREAM CHEESECAKE

(Serves 16)

1 tablespoon butter, softened

2 cups graham cracker crumbs

½ cup sugar

½ cup unsalted butter, melted

 

2 ¼ pounds cream cheese, softened and at room temperature

1 ½ cups sugar

5 large eggs, at room temperature

¼ cup flour

1 teaspoon vanilla extract

1 cup Bailey‘s Irish Cream

Preheat oven to 325 degrees. Grease bottom and sides of 10-inch spring-form pan with the softened butter. In a medium bowl, stir together with a fork the graham cracker crumbs, ½ cup sugar and the melted butter until well-blended. Evenly press the cracker crumb mixture on to the bottom and 1 inch up the sides of the spring-form pan.

In a large bowl beat the cream cheese at a low speed until smooth. Add the remaining 1 ½ cups sugar and beat at low speed until smooth. Scrape down the sides of the bowl as needed. Add eggs one at a time, making sure to scrape the sides of the bowl after each addition. Continue to beat until well incorporated  and very smooth. Sift the ¼ cup of  flour into the batter and beat just to incorporate. Add vanilla and Bailey’s Irish Cream and blend into the batter. Pour batter into pan and place in preheated oven. Add a pan of hot water on a lower rack. Bake for about one hour and 15 minutes. The center of the cake will have the consistency of set jello when done. Turn off oven, crack the door, and allow the cake to cool for 90 minutes in the oven. Remove from oven and place on a wire rack to continue to cool. When completely cool, remove from spring-form pan and refrigerate until ready to serve, ideally overnight.   

 

MEATLOAF MUFFINS

(Serves 12)

2 pounds lean ground beef

1/2 cup onion, minced

1 teaspoon seasoned salt

¼ teaspoon pepper

1 cup crushed cracker crumbs

2 eggs

¼ cup ketchup

¼ cup spicy ketchup

2 teaspoons mustard

¼ cup milk

Mix all ingredients together.

Spray standard-sized muffin tins with cooking spray.

Shape meat mixture into balls and place in prepared muffin tins. Place tins on a cookie sheet and bake at 350 degrees until done.

SHRIMP CREOLE

(Serves 4)

4 slices bacon, chopped

1 pound shrimp cooked, peeled and deveined

2 cup diced tomatoes

½ cup chopped onion

½ cup chopped green pepper

½ teaspoon hot pepper sauce

1 teaspoon Worcestershire sauce

1 teaspoon salt

¼ teaspoon black pepper

1 cup bread or round buttery cracker crumbs

Fry bacon until crisp.

Combine bacon, shrimp, tomatoes, onion, bell pepper, hot pepper sauce, Worcestershire sauce, salt, black pepper and bread or cracker crumbs.

Pour into a buttered 2 ½ quart casserole dish.

Bake at 400 degrees for 20 minutes or until hot and bubbly—don’t overcook or the shrimp may get tough.


 

For New Years I like to cover all the bases with my menu. I seem to go back to this recipe for Hopping John that I found in the Mystic Seaport Christmas Memories Cookbook again and again. Not only is it one of the easiest recipes that you will ever try for this traditional Southern favorite, I think it is one of the tastiest. I predict that once you try this recipe t may become one of your New Year’s traditions, buy you will pr9obably use it other times of the year as well. 

 

HOPPING JOHN (Black-Eyed Peas and Rice)

(Serves 10)

4 strips bacon

½ cup chopped onion

2 10-ounce packages frozen black-eyed peas

½ cup uncooked long-grained white rice

2 cups water

Dice bacon and place in a Dutch oven over medium heat; add onion and cook until bacon is crisp and the onions are yellow.

Add peas, rice and water. Cover and simmer over low heat for 20 to 25 minutes, or until rice is tender. Add salt and pepper to taste.

 

I tried this recipe for Spinach Party Sandwiches in the Charleston Junior League Party Receipts Cookbook when I was trying to find something that would serve at lot of people. I liked this recipe because it can be assembled ahead and refrigerated until you need it. I used a  multi-grain bread that had some seed in it when I served these sandwiches and I liked the texture it added. This recipe is also good because you probably are going to have most of the ingredients you need to make this on hand.

I find when I need recipes or ideas for hors d’oeuvres I usually wind up browsing through this cookbook.

 


 

SPINACH PARTY SANDWICHES

(Serves 40)

1 package (10-ounces) frozen chopped spinach

2 cups mayonnaise

½ cup dried minced onion flakes

½ cup dried parsley flakes

1 tablespoon fresh lemon juice

4 drops Tabasco sauce

2 loaves of your favorite whole wheat or multi-grain bread

Cook the spinach according to package directions and drain well to remove all excess moisture.

In a medium-size bowl, combine the spinach with the mayonnaise, onion, parsley, lemon juice, and Tabasco. Mix well.

Refrigerate the mixture for 2 to 3 hours or preferably overnight to allow the flavors to develop.

Trim the crusts from the slices of bread. Spread the spinach mixture on a slice of bread and top it with another slice. Cut each sandwich into halves and each half into thirds. Depending on the size of your bread slices you will have 60 to 80 sandwiches.

Refrigerate sandwiches until you are ready to serve them.

 

 

 

Last week someone asked me if I was planning to feature a recipe for a Standing Rib Roast before Christmas. After thinking about this I thought this would be easy to do but I discovered that we had not cooked one in a long time since we usually opt for a rib eye roast or beef tenderloin. Last night we practiced our technique and both of us were very pleased with the outcome.

If there is a secret to this recipe I think it is using a good meat thermometer and trusting it. If you don’t have one, invest in one before you attempt to do this recipe. Both of us like our beef medium rare so there is no argument for us about when the meat is done. If you have people preferring different degrees of doneness there’s always the microwave or you could pan sauté the slices in a little butter until they are done enough.

Some recipes that we found on the Internet suggest starting the roast at temperatures as high as 500 degrees but if we did that, we would set off every smoke alarm in the house.

We cooked a two-rib roast and it would have fed at least four people very generously – and maybe one or two more with all the other food we tend to serve with the holiday meal.

 


 

STANDING RIB ROAST BEEF

(Serves 6)

1 standing rib roast (2 or 3 bone)

1 tablespoon coarse salt

1 teaspoon fresh ground black pepper

1 teaspoon thyme

½ teaspoon garlic salt

Remove roast from refrigerator 2 hours ahead of the time you plan to start cooking.

Preheat oven to 430 degrees.

Rub the top of the roast with coarse salt, freshly ground black pepper, crushed thyme, and garlic salt. Do not rub the sides of the roast.

Place roast, bone side down in pan (preferably not non-stick).

Place roast in preheated oven and bake to 30 minutes. Lower oven temperature to 325 degrees for the rest of the cooking time—approximately 40 minutes or until your meat thermometer reaches 120 degrees. Remove meat from oven and cover with aluminum foil and let stand for 20-30 minutes. The internal temperature of your meat will increase to 125-130 degrees and the meat will be medium-rare.

If you want a less rare roast, before serving, return the meat to a 325 degree oven and continue cooking until it reaches 140 degrees—then remove the roast from the oven and slice immediately.  

 

 

Last week I baked this Cream Cheese-Bourbon Pecan Pound Cake and I thought is was delicious. The bourbon flavor was subtle and I don’t know that I have ever baked a cake that has a better texture. I had all my ingredients at room temperature and well softened and I found this an easy cake to assemble. Be careful not to over toast your pecans or over bake your cake—cooking times will vary depending on your oven. I won’t wait until the holiday season to bake this cake again.

 


 

CREAM CHEESE-BOURBON PECAN POUND CAKE

(Serves 30)

1 ½ cups butter, softened

1 (8-oz) package cream cheese, softened

3 cups sugar

6 large eggs

3 cups all-purpose flour

½ teaspoon salt

¼ cup bourbon

1 ½ teaspoons pure vanilla extract

1 ½ cups chopped pecans, toasted

 

2 cups powdered sugar

2 ½ tablespoons bourbon

1 tablespoon milk (or more if needed to reach

   desired consistency)

Preheat oven to 325 degrees. Grease and flour a 12-cup tube cake pan.

Beat butter and cream cheese at medium speed with an electric mixer until creamy. Gradually add sugar, beating at medium speed until light and fluffy. Add eggs, 1 at a time, beating just until the yellow yolk disappears.

Sift together flour and salt; add to butter mixture alternately with bourbon, beginning and ending with flour mixture. Beat batter at low speed just until blended after each addition. Stir in vanilla and pecans. Pour batter into prepared pan.

Bake on middle rack in preheated oven for about 1 hour and 30 to 35 minutes or until a long wooden pick inserted in the center of the cake comes out clean. Cool in pan on a wire rack 10 to 15 minutes in the center of the cake comes out clean. Cool in pan on a wire rack 10 to 15 minutes. Remove from pan; cool completely on wire rack.

If glazing, stir together 2 cups sifted powder sugar, bourbon and milk until smooth. Slowly pour over cooled cake.

 


 

 

This recipe originally appeared in Cooking Light Magazine over a year ago. I tried it and thought it was delicious. This does not take very long to prepare and if you want, you could do it a day ahead. I actually thought it might have been better the second day. I won’t look for another New England Clam Chowder recipe after trying this one.

This chowder will be a treat after all the turkey you’ve had this week.

 

CLAM CHOWDER/NEW ENGLAND STYLE

(Serves 10)

4 (6 ½ ounce) cans chopped clams

2 (8-ounce) bottles clam juice

5 slices center-cut bacon, cut into ½-inch pieces

¾ cup chopped onion

½ cup chopped celery

1 ½ teaspoons butter

2 cups cubed red potato

1 tablespoon fresh thyme leaves

½ teaspoon salt

½ teaspoon freshly ground black pepper

1 teaspoon Old Bay seasoning or to taste

1 bay leaf

2 ¼ cups evaporated fat-free milk

1 ½ cups 1% low-fat milk

1 ½ tablespoons dry sherry

1 tablespoon chopped fresh parsley 

Drain clams in a colander over a bowl, reserving juice. Add bottled clam juice to reserved clam juice to equal 3 ½ cups. Set aside clams and juice.

Cook bacon in a Dutch oven over medium heat until crisp, stirring occasionally. Remove bacon from pan; increase heat to medium-high. Add onion, celery, and butter; sauté 6 minutes or until vegetables are tender.

Add clam juice mixture (but not clams), potato, and next 5 ingredients (through bay leaf); bring to a boil. Cover, reduce heat, and simmer 15 minutes or until potato is tender. Stir in clams, evaporated milk, 1% milk, and sherry. Cook 5 minutes or until thoroughly heated, stirring occasionally. Discard bay leaf. Sprinkle with parsley. Serve and enjoy!

I thought this was even better the second day.

 


 

 

 I added this cake to the selection of desserts at Thanksgiving dinner at my daughters last year. I enjoyed the flavor of this cake and those of you that like things with an orange flavor should really like this cake. It is easy to prepare and the cranberries make a very attractive slice of cake. 

 

 

CAKE/CRANBERRY ORANGE BUNDT

 

(Serves 16)

2 ¾ cups cake flour

2 teaspoons baking powder

1/8 teaspoon salt

1 cup unsalted butter at room temperature

1 ¼ cup granulated sugar

4 eggs

2 teaspoons vanilla extract

2 teaspoons orange zest

1 cup orange juice

 

1 cup confectioners sugar

1 tablespoon corn syrup

1 tablespoon plus 1 teaspoon milk 

 Heat oven to 350 degrees. Grease a 12-cup bundt with solid vegetable shortening and dust with flour. Set aside.

 In a large bowl, blend cake flour, baking powder and salt. Whisk to combine. Set aside.

 In another large bowl, beat butter and sugar on medium-high speed until smooth, about 3 minutes. Add eggs, one at a time, beating well after each addition. Beat in vanilla extract and zest until combined.

 On low speed, beat in flour mixture, alternating with orange juice, in three additions, beginning and ending with flour. Beat on medium-high speed for 2 minutes. Stir in dried cranberries. Pour into prepared pan.

 Bake at 350 for 50 minutes or until a toothpick inserted in center comes out clean. Cool in pan on wire rack for 15 minutes. Turn cake out onto rack and cool completely.

 Beat confectioners sugar, corn syrup and milk in medium bowl until smooth. Drizzle over cooled cake. Allow to stand until set.

 


 

When I was at Alan’s high school reunion recently, one of his classmates, Jane Routh Tolbert, brought me this recipe for a Raspberry-Applesauce Molded Salad that she says is a favorite with her family. I had a package of raspberries in my freezer so I decided to try the recipe. Jane said that when she makes this salad she uses the no sugar added applesauce and sugar free gelatin and this is what I did when I tried the recipe. Rather than using a mold, I put the salad in an 8”x8” dish and cut it into squares to serve.

We both thought the salad was delicious although the raspberry seeds bothered Alan a little. The salad is a bright vibrant red and will be a beautiful addition to a holiday table. Furthermore it is the easiest holiday salad that I have ever made – no slicing or chopping.  

RASPBERRY-APPLESAUCE MOLD

(Serves 9)

2 cups applesauce

1 12-ounce package frozen raspberries, slightly thawed

2 3-ounce packages raspberry gelatin

**Note that this recipe calls for no water.

 

Heat applesauce until almost boiling. Add gelatin and stir until dissolved. Remove from heat and add raspberries and stir until well mixed. Pour into a 4-cup mold and chill. (Jane greases her mold before adding salad.

 

I tried this recipe for Curried Pumpkin Seeds last Thanksgiving and thought it was an interesting nibble and a change from the usual. I will fix this again. You can usually find the raw pumpkin seeds at specialty grocery stores.

 


 

 

PUMPKIN SEEDS/CURRIED

 

(Serves 16)

1 large egg white

1 tablespoon fresh lime juice

1 teaspoon olive oil

2 tablespoons sugar

1 tablespoon curry powder

1 ½ teaspoon coarse kosher salt

1/8 teaspoon cayenne pepper

12 ounces hulled pumpkin seeds

Preheat oven to 350 degrees. Line a large rimmed baking sheet with parchment; spray with nonstick spray.

Whisk egg white, lime juice, and oil in a large bowl. Add next 4 ingredients; whisk. Add pumpkin seeds; toss. Transfer to baking sheet, spreading evenly. Bake until toasted and fragrant, stirring often, about 18 minutes.

(Watch carefully because these will burn easily and time may vary depending on your oven and your pan.) Cool on baking sheet.

Can be made up to 5 days ahead. Store toasted seeds airtight at room temperature.

 


 

 

This recipe for Cider Beef Stew appeared in a Taste of Home special publication that I picked up at the grocery store about a year ago. Since then I have prepared this stew several times and the cider really gives this dish a great flavor. The number of people it will serve depends on the size of your package of beef. If it is a little over a pound it should serve four people if you serve the plates rather than letting them serve themselves! This is a great recipe if you are cooking for two because you don’t have many leftovers to deal with.

BEEF / CIDER STEW

 

(Serves 3)

3 tablespoons all-purpose flour              

1 teaspoon salt

½ teaspoon pepper

1 pound beef stew meat, cut into 1-inch pieces

2 tablespoons vegetable oil

1 cup apple cider

½ cup water

1 tablespoon white vinegar

½ teaspoon dried thyme

2 large carrots, cut into 1-inch pieces

1 celery rib, cut into 1-inch pieces

1 large potato, peeled and cubed

1 medium onion, sliced

In a bowl or bag, combine flour, salt and pepper; add beef and toss to coat. In a large saucepan, brown beef in oil. Add cider, water, vinegar and thyme; bring to a boil.

Reduce heat; cover and simmer for 1 hour and 45 minutes or until the meat is tender.

Add the carrots, celery, potato and onion; return to a boil. Reduce the heat, cover and simmer for 45 minutes or until the vegetables are tender.

 


 

 

Last week I tried this recipe for Baked Cauliflower with Dill-Cheese Sauce and we both enjoyed it. It is easy to prepare and you can assemble it ahead of time, which is always a plus. When I prepared this, I used plain Monterey Jack cheese. Just experiment with this and use whatever cheese you happen to have on hand.

 

BAKED CAULIFLOWER with DILL-CHEESE SAUCE

(Serves 8)

1 medium head cauliflower

3 tablespoons butter

3 tablespoons flour

1 ½ cups milk

¾ cup grated Monterey Jack or Cheddar cheese

½ teaspoon salt

½ teaspoon dried dill weed

3 drops Texas Pete (optional)

Divide cauliflower into florets. Cook in a small amount of boiling salted water, or steam until barely tender. Drain.

Melt butter in saucepan, remove from heat and stir in flour. Return to the heat and add milk, stirring constantly until thickened. Add cheese and stir until melted. Add salt and dill and mix well. Add Texas Pete if using. Taste and adjust seasonings.

Place cauliflower in a greased 2-quart baking dish and pour cheese sauce over. Sprinkle with a little paprika for color if desired. Bake at 350 degrees for 25 to 30 minutes, until golden.

 


 

I like this recipe for Crunchy Chicken Baked Your Way because I usually have boned chicken breast halves in my freezer. With the choices the recipes gives with the rest of the ingredients, I usually would have what I need on hand. This can be a real plus if you don’t want to have to go to the grocery store. The chicken really has a good flavor and I like the fact that it’s a little crunchy.

CRUNCHY CHICKEN BAKED YOUR WAY

(Serves 4)

4 chicken breast halves, skinned and boned

1 can cream of chicken or cream of mushroom soup

4 slices Swiss or Provolone cheese

¼ cup dry white wine or chicken broth

2 cups Pepperidge Farm Herb stuffing mix, crushed

1 stick butter or margarine, melted

Place chicken in a greased, shallow baking dish. On each piece of chicken, place a piece of cheese. In a small bowl, mix the soup with the wine or chicken broth. Blend and spread over the chicken and cheese. Spread the crushed stuffing mix over this. Melt the butter or oleo and drizzle over the stuffing. Bake for about 1 hour at 350 degrees until bubbly and crunchy.

 


 

 

Several weeks ago I ran into a friend at Third Friday and she said that I should reprint this recipe for Breakfast Cookies that appeared in this column many years ago. She said that it was a favorite of her grandson and she sent him a batch almost every week while he did two deployments to Iraq. She said that not only were they popular with her grandson but with his friends who where stationed with him as well.

I remember that when I originally ran the recipe I suggested that this would be a good cookie to send to college students. So if you need to bake a cookie that ships well try this recipe or just bake them to treat you and your family. 

 

BREAKFAST COOKIES

 

(Serves 12)

 

½ pound bacon

½ cup butter

¾ cup sugar

1 egg

1 cup flour

¼ teaspoon baking soda

2 cups corn flakes

½ cup raisins 

Preheat oven to 350 degrees.

Cook bacon until very crisp, drain well. Break into ½-inch pieces.

Beat together butter and sugar until fluffy; beat in egg. Combine flour and soda; stir into the butter mixture. Stir in bacon, corn flakes and raisins. Drop by rounded tablespoons two inches apart on ungreased cookie sheets.

Bake for 15 to 18 minutes. Cool for one minute in pan. Remove to racks to finish cooling.

 


 

 

I tried this for Apple Oatmeal Bars recently and we both enjoyed them. When I prepared these I cut them into very small pieces and removed them from the pan after they had cooled. (I think I had about 50 pieces.) This is a very versatile recipe because you could cut it into larger squares and serve it warm with vanilla ice cream. Try this if you are lucky enough to have any new crop apples or just use Granny Smiths from the grocery store, which is what I did.

 

APPLE OATMEAL BARS

(Serves 20)

2 cups flour

1 teaspoon salt

1 teaspoon baking soda

1 cup brown sugar, firmly packed

1 cup quick-cooking oatmeal

1 cup shortening

6 tablespoons butter

4 cups peeled, sliced apples

½ cup sugar

½ teaspoon cinnamon, or to taste

½ teaspoon nutmeg, or to taste

Preheat oven to 350 degrees.

Sift together flour, salt and baking soda. Add brown sugar and oatmeal; mix well. Cut in shortening until crumbly. Press half of crumbs in a greased 13x9x2 inch baking pan. Dot with 4 tablespoons of the butter.

 


 

Mary Alice sent me this recipe for Penne Pasta with Chicken and Mushrooms that her friend Sharon Martin had sent her. Sharon is an excellent cook (she makes a killer Apple Pie) so Mary Alice and I are both sure that this will be yummy. Sharon says that the recipe is from the Robert Rose Book of Classic Pasta that she says is a great book to buy. Sharon says that when she makes this she does not use the arugula because her kids won’t eat it. She also says that if you have it, smoked chicken makes this even better. You can probably buy smoked chicken at a good deli and if you are using this, you won’t need to cook it before adding the mushrooms, tomato and arugula.

 

PENNE PASTA WITH CHICKEN AND MUSHROOMS

(Serves 4)

2 tablespoons butter

2 tablespoons olive oil

2 cloves garlic, crushed

1 cup chopped onion

1 tablespoon chopped fresh basil

1 tablespoon chopped fresh parsley

¼ cup white wine          

¼ cup chicken stock

½ cup whipping cream

 

8 ounces penne pasta

 

2 tablespoons butter

2 tablespoons olive oil

4 ounces cooked chicken, sliced or chopped

4 ounces mushrooms, chopped

1 tomato, chopped

1 small bunch arugula, chopped (optional)

1/3 cup grated Parmesan cheese

In a large skillet, heat butter and olive oil over medium heat. Add garlic, onion, basil and parsley; cook until onions are softened. Stir in the wine; cook for 2 minutes. Stir in the chicken stock and cook for 2 more minutes. Stir in the cream; cook gently for 5 minutes. Set sauce aside.

In a large pot of boiling water, cook penne according to package directions for 8-10 minutes or until it is al dente. Meanwhile prepare the sauce.

In another large skillet, heat butter and oil over medium heat. Cook chicken for a couple of minutes and then add mushrooms, tomato and arugula and cook for about 3 more minutes. Stir in the cream sauce, reduce heat to low and cook for 5 minutes.

Toss drained pasta with sauce and Parmesan cheese. Serve immediately with more Parmesan sprinkled over the pasta.

 

 

 

A member of my Greensboro Knitting Group contributed this Potato Soup recipe. Now that the weather is turning cooler again my idea of the perfect lunch or light supper is soup and a half of a sandwich. This soup has a wonderful flavor and can be easily prepared in advance. Furthermore it just seems to get better every time it is reheated.

 

SOUP/POTATO/KNITTING GROUP

(Serves 6)

4 medium potatoes, peeled

2 slices bacon

½ cup sliced onion

2 tablespoon butter

1 tablespoon minced parsley

2 teaspoon salt

½ teaspoon ground nutmeg

1/8 teaspoon cayenne pepper

¼ teaspoon dry mustard

1 teaspoon Worcestershire sauce

3 cups milk

½ cup grated Cheddar cheese

Cook potatoes until tender in one inch of boiling salted water.

Saute bacon until crisp and remove from pan.

Add onion and sauté over low heat until tender, stirring often.

Mash potatoes well and add to the onion mixture with the next seven ingredients.

Slowly stir in the milk. Heat over low heat until warm enough to serve. Crumble bacon and add to the soup. Sprinkle with cheese.

 


 
 

Mary Alice passed along this recipe from her friend Kyla who got it from her Mom. I remember Swiss steak being served when I was growing up but haven’t seen a recipe for it in years. This is a dish that should bring lots of compliments from your family. For me, it’s another type of comfort food.

 

KYLA’S MOM’S SWISS STEAK

(Serves 4)

1 ½ pound boneless round steak

 

1 ½ teaspoon salt

½ teaspoon oregano

¼ teaspoon thyme

¼ teaspoon garlic powder

¼ teaspoon celery seed

1 teaspoon Worcestershire sauce

1 can stewed tomatoes

1 can tomato soup

½ cup chopped onion

1 cup finely chopped carrot

Tenderize round steak and then coat it with flour and salt and brown in vegetable oil in a large skillet with a lid.

Add other ingredients to the browned steak. Cover and simmer for one hour. Serve with mashed potatoes.

 

 


 

Recently I made these Pound Cake Cookie Bars and thought they were good. Alan says he really doesn’t consider these cookies buy that didn’t seem to stop him from going back for seconds, thirds, etc. These are quick and easy to prepare when you need to sling something together. They are rich and sweet so cut them into small pieces. 

I did not need much of the reserved ¼ cup of powdered sugar to sprinkle on the bars and I just discarded the rest.

 

POUND CAKE COOKIE BARS

(Serves 30)

1 box Betty Crocker pound cake mix

1 stick butter, melted

4 eggs

1 cup chopped pecans

8 ounces cream cheese, softened

1 teaspoon vanilla extract

1 box powdered sugar (minus ¼ cup to sprinkle on top of baked

   cookies)

Preheat oven to 350 degrees.

Reserve ¼ cup powdered sugar to sprinkle on top of baked cookies.

Mix cake mix, melted butter, 2 eggs and chopped pecans until smooth and spread in a greased and floured 9x13 casserole dish.

In another bowl, beat the softened cream cheese, vanilla, 2 eggs and remaining powdered sugar. Spread this mixture over the batter and bake at 350 for 40 minutes Remove from oven. Spread this mixture over the batter and bake at 350 for 40 minutes. Remove from oven. Cool, cut into cars, sprinkle with remaining powdered sugar if desired.

When ready to serve, remove from pan, arrange on a serving plate, and sprinkle with more powdered sugar if desired.

I was able to cut about 60 small squares of cookies. 

 


 

We used this Tahitian marinade on flank steak several weeks ago and Alan thought it was one of the best marinades that I have ever prepared. He liked it because it was not an especially sweet marinade. I used a light soy sauce when we prepared this. I’m looking forward to trying this on chicken as well as beef. This would be a good recipe to try for the holiday weekend.

If you have a large piece of flank steak or London broil, try halving it and freeze part of it in the marinade for a later meal. However, don’t leave it in the freezer indefinitely.

MARINADE/TAHITIAN

(Serves 6)

2 tablespoons sesame oil

1 garlic clove, minced

2 tablespoons sherry

¾ cup soy sauce or tamari sauce

¼ cup brown sugar

2 tablespoons red wine vinegar

1 tablespoon ketchup

1/8 teaspoon five spice blend

In a small bowl, combine all of the ingredients and pour over beef or chicken. Marinate 2 to 3 hours or overnight.

Yield: About 1 cup.

 


 

This week is another hot one and frankly if you are like me, you are not interested in cooking. Even eating has lost a little of its appeal—but it is a necessity. One way to help with this situation is to cook a little extra and then utilize your leftovers in a main dish salad. A perfect plan for this is to use this recipe for a Steak or Roast Beef Salad—just grill a little extra steak for one meal and use the rest for this meal later in the week. Prepare your potatoes, hard-boiled eggs, and salad dressing in the morning and your meal preparation should be quick, easy, and cool! If you prefer you can even use your own favorite bottled salad dressing.

STEAK or ROAST BEEF SALAD

1 head romaine lettuce

3 cups cooked steak or roast beef, thinly sliced

6 new red potatoes, cooked, cooled and sliced

20 cherry or grape tomatoes, quartered

1 small onion, thinly sliced into rings

¾ cup thinly sliced fresh mushrooms

1 tablespoon capers

2 tablespoons chopped parsley

Dressing:

6 tablespoons olive oil

2 tablespoons wine vinegar

1 teaspoon horseradish – or to taste

1 teaspoon dry mustard

1/8 teaspoon pepper

 

4 hard-boiled eggs, sliced

Break romaine into pieces in a large bowl. Top with the next 7 ingredients. Chill until ready to serve.

Mix dressing ingredients in a jar and shake well. Pour over all and toss well. Garnish with the egg slices and serve immediately.

 


 

Recently several people have asked me about recipes for halibut. Naturally I consulted my daughter Mary Alice who lived in Alaska for three years since this fish is a staple there much the way flounder is here in the South. She suggested recipes that she and a friend had put in their squadron cookbook and also suggested that I try making Alaskan Poor Man’s Lobster. Alan says that considering the price of a pound of halibut there is nothing “poor” about this recipe. We bought a piece of halibut and tried this recipe last night and we both enjoyed it and although the texture is more tender than lobster, it is similar in taste and the leftovers would be good in a fish salad or the halibut quiche recipe that I am also printing.

 

MARY ALICE’S HALIBUT WITH ROSEMARY

1 ½ to 2 pounds of pieces of halibut filets (about 1 inch thick)

Salt and pepper to taste

All-purpose flour

1/3 cup olive oil

¼ cup balsamic vinegar

2 tablespoons water

3 cloves whole garlic

½ teaspoon dried rosemary

Sprinkle fish with salt and pepper. Coat with flour. Heat oil in frying pan over medium heat. Arrange fish in a single layer; turn once. Cook until fish is browned and flakes easily, approximately 10 minutes per inch of thickness. When last fish is removed, add vinegar, garlic and rosemary to cooking pan; boil until reduced by half. Remove garlic with spoon. Pour sauce over fish. Yield: 4 to 6 servings.

 

ALEX ORCHARD’S HALIBUT FAJITAS

   Fajitas

2 pounds halibut, cut into ½ inch strips

Juice of 3 oranges

Juice of ½ lime

1 sprig of fresh tarragon, coarsely chopped

1 tablespoon chopped cilantro

2 tablespoon pureed fresh garlic

½ red pepper, julienned

½ yellow pepper, julienned

½ medium red onion, julienned

8 flour tortillas

   Melon Salsa  

½ cantaloupe, ¼ inch dice

1 ripe tomato, ¼ inch dice

½ red onion, finely diced

½ red pepper, finely diced

1 jalapeno pepper, minced or less depending on how hot you

   want your salsa

½ lime, juiced

1 orange, juiced

1 sprig tarragon, chopped

Place first 9 fijita ingredients in a large mixing bowl and toss lightly from time to time. Marinate for at least 4 hours, refrigerated. Heat a large skillet to “Smoking hot”; add 2 tablespoons olive oil and cook halibut mixture until the fish and vegetables are cooked, but vegetables are tender crisp, approximately 4 to 5 minutes.

Make the melon salsa by mixing all the ingredients together. Serve with the halibut/vegetable in warmed tortillas with the melon sauce. Yield: 4 servings

Optional condiments include guacamole, sour cream and fresh salsa.

 

ALASKAN POOR MAN’S LOBSTER (Halibut)

1 gallon water

1-cup sugar

¼ cup salt

Halibut chunks

Boil water, sugar and salt. Drop pieces of halibut into the boiling water. When halibut rises to the top of the water, immediately remove with slotted spoon. To serve, sprinkle with fresh lemon juice and sprinkle with salt. Serve with melted butter. 

 

HALIBUT QUICHE

½ pound cooked halibut, flaked

2 tablespoons green onion, sliced

1 cup Swiss cheese,  shredded

¼ cup Parmesan cheese, finely shredded

3 eggs

1 cup milk

¼ teaspoon nutmeg

½ teaspoon salt

1/8 teaspoon white pepper

1 teaspoon dill weed

1 piecrust

Bake piecrust in a 450-degree oven for 6-7 minutes until very lightly browned. Turn oven down to 350 degrees. Remove pie shell from oven.

Break eggs into medium mixing bowl. Add spices and milk and beat lightly. Distribute halibut evenly over the bottom of the pie shell; add onion, Swiss cheese and Parmesan, spreading evenly over the halibut, pour egg mixture over the top. Bake at 350 degrees until knife inserted in quiche comes out clean. Approximately 45 minutes.

 


 

We serve a baked chicken frequently so I am always interested in different ways to use the leftovers. This recipe for Chicken Salad with Rice Pilaf makes a wonderful supper in hot weather or any other time so far as that goes. When you make this you are going to either have enough to share or probably a lot of leftovers. Actually this would be a great dish to take to a covered dish meal.

 

CHICKEN SALAD with RICE PILAF

(Serves 8)

1 package (6-ounces) rice pilaf

3 cups cubed cooked chicken

3 cups cubed crisp tart apples

1 ½ teaspoons lemon juice

½ cup raisins

1 head curly or leaf lettuce, torn into bite-sized pieces

1 cup toasted slivered almonds

 

¾ cup mayonnaise

½ cup orange marmalade

¼ cup sour cream

2 tablespoons lemon juice

¾ teaspoon curry powder

In a small bowl, combine dressing ingredients. Refrigerate, covered, at least 2 hours. If this is too thick you may need to add additional lemon juice. If you like a pronounced curry flavor, add a little more curry powder.

Prepare rice pilaf according to package directions, then refrigerate for at least 1 hour.

 


 

Earlier in the summer I wanted to make a Corn Pudding using fresh corn so I started sorting through recipes. I chose this one because it used the least sugar of any I saw—if you can believe it, there was even a recipe that called for a can of Eagle Brand condensed milk. We both agreed that the recipe that I used was a winner. Alan said that he thought I could reduce the sugar called for in the recipe if I wanted to. 

CORN PUDDING

(Serves 8)

2 cups fresh corn kernels

2 cups milk

¼ cup sugar

1/3 cup flour

3 eggs, beaten

1 teaspoon salt

1/8 teaspoon pepper

¼ cup butter, melted

 

Preheat oven to 350 degrees.

Lightly grease a 1 ½ quart casserole dish. (I used a shallow rectangular dish that was this size.)

Combine corn, flour, sugar and salt. Mix well.

Combine milk, eggs, pepper and melted butter. Mix well. Stir into the corn mixture. Pour into your prepared casserole dish. Bake at 350 degrees until firm and lightly browned—45-60 minutes. (In my oven, using the rectangular dish, it took about 45 minutes.) Stir twice during the first 30 minutes of baking to keep the corn from settling at the bottom.

 


 

I recently tried this recipe for Bailey’s Irish Cream Cheesecake and was very pleased with the results. It had a wonderful creamy texture. However, if you are going to try this recipe, before you start, make sure that if you plan to use the rest of a bottle of Bailey’s that has been opened for several years, that it is still good. If not, given the expense involved in making a cheesecake, select a different recipe.

This recipe definitely requires a 10-inch spring-form pan as you have a lot of batter. Be sure that your ingredients are at room temperature and be sure to take the time to beat the ingredients at a low speed because you do not want to incorporate a lot of air in the batter. 

 

BAILEY’S IRISH CREAM CHEESECAKE

(Serves 16)

1 tablespoon butter, softened

2 cups graham cracker crumbs

½ cup sugar

½ cup unsalted butter, melted

 

2 ¼ pounds cream cheese, softened and at room temperature

1 ½ cups sugar

5 large eggs, at room temperature

¼ cup flour

1 teaspoon vanilla extract

1 cup Bailey’s Irish Cream

Preheat oven to 325 degrees. Grease bottom and sides of 10-inch spring-form with the softened butter. In a medium bowl, stir together with a fork the graham cracker crumbs, ½ cup sugar and the melted butter until well-blended. Evenly press the cracker crumb mixture on to the bottom and 1 inch up the sides of the spring-form pan.

In a large bowl beat the cream cheese at a low speed until smooth. Add the remaining 1 ½ cups sugar and beat at low speed until smooth. Scrape down the sides of the bowl as needed. Add eggs one at a time, making sure to scrape the sides of the bowl after each addition. Continue to beat until well incorporated and very smooth. Sift the ¼ cup of flour into the batter and beat just to incorporate. Add vanilla and Bailey’s Irish Cream and blend into the batter.  Pour batter into pan and place in preheated oven. Add a pan of hot water on a lower rack. Bake for about one hour and 15 minutes. The center of the cake will have the consistency of set jello when done. Turn off oven, crack the door, and allow the cake to cool for 90 minutes in the oven. Remove from oven and place on a wire rack to continue to cool. When completely cool, remove from spring-form pan and refrigerate until ready to serve, ideally overnight.

Serve with whipped cream and garnish with chocolate shavings.   

 


 

A friend recently brought us come Mahi-Mahi that he had caught the previous day at the coast. I consulted my Mariner’s Menu cookbook by Joyce Taylor and published by the North Carolina Sea Grant for a recipe for the fish. This cookbook is a great resource for those of you who like to prepare seafood.

We tried the Broiled Mahi-Mahi with Green Onion Butter. Rather than broiling it in the oven, Alan cooked it outside on the grill. It was delicious and the Green Onion Butter gave it just the extra something it needed to add an additional gourmet touch. If you have any of the butter left, I think it would be good on a baked potato.

As with all fish, be careful not to overcook.

BROILED MAHI-MAHI w/ GREEN ONION BUTTER

(Serves 4)

1 medium mahi-mahi fillet

2 tablespoons butter or margarine, melted

4 tablespoons butter or margarine, softened ½ tablespoon minced fresh parsley ½ tablespoon minced fresh tarragon or

1 teaspoon dried tarragon

1 tablespoon minced green onion

Early in the day when you plan to serve the mahi, combine the softened butter, parsley, tarragon and green onion in a small bowl and blend.

Refrigerate until ready to use to allow the flavors to develop.

Brush mahi fillet with melted margarine. Sprinkle with salt and pepper.

Broil about 4 inches from heat source until done, about 12 to 15 minutes.

Cut into serving-size portions. Serve topped with the Green Onion Butter.

You may also grill this outside if you prefer.

Be careful not to overcook!

 


 

Several weeks ago I tried this recipe for a Curried Couscous Salad with Dried Cranberries that I had clipped from a magazine 3 or 4 years ago. I enjoyed this. It is a pretty salad and actually would be a great addition to a buffet at Christmas with the red and green colors. It is also a salad that would be nice to include if any of your guests were vegans.

Before you prepare this salad check your curry powder to be sure it is still flavorful. I frequently find that I need to replace mine because it is not a spice that I use every day.

This salad would be a good one for a 4th of July cookout. Because it contains no mayonnaise, meat or eggs, it can sit out longer in hot weather.     

CURRIED COUSCOUS SALAD WITH DRIED CRANBERRIES

(Serves 8)

1 ½ cups uncooked couscous

 

½ cup dried cranberries

1 ½ cups frozen green peas, thawed

½ teaspoon curry powder

2 cups boiling water

¼ cup thinly sliced green onions

¼ cup finely chopped fresh basil

2 cups chickpeas (garbanzo beans) rinsed and drained

 

1/3 cup fresh lemon juice

1 tablespoon grated orange rind

1 ½ tablespoon water

2 tablespoons olive oil

1 tablespoon thawed orange juice concentrate

½ teaspoon salt

¼ teaspoon freshly ground black pepper

2 cloves garlic, crushed

To prepare salad, combine couscous, cranberries, green peas, and curry powder in a large bowl. Pour 2 cups boiling water over the couscous mixture; cover and let stand 5 minutes. Fluff with a fork; cool. Stir in onion, basil, and chickpeas.

To prepare dressing, combine lemon juice and the remaining ingredients in a jar; cover tightly, and shake vigorously. Pour over couscous mixture, and toss well to combine. Cover and chill for at least one hour before serving.

 


 

This Squash and Cheese Casserole is my new favorite squash casserole recipe. I like it because it has the ease of not precooking the squash, which means that they have some texture after the casserole has baked. I have always liked the flavor of the Pepperidge Farm dressing in other squash casseroles but it is often so overwhelming that you don’t even know that you are eating squash. This recipe gives you some of that flavor but it is not the dominant flavor. I could not find American cheese to grate when I prepared this dish so I substituted a shredded mix of cheeses that I bought already packaged. If you use cheddar be sure and use a mild one. I hope you like this recipe as much as I do. The leftovers are great, too.  

SQUASH & CHEESE CASSEROLE

(Serves 8)

1 medium onion, chopped

1 stick butter or margarine

1 cup Pepperidge Farm Dressing Mix (herb flavor)

4 medium-sized yellow squash (unpeeled and sliced)

½ pound grated American cheese 

 Sauté onion in butter. Add crumbs when onions are translucent (this will be mushy). Remove onion mixture from heat. Layer sliced squash in a lightly greased casserole dish. (I used an 8x8 one.) Lightly salt and pepper the squash. Sprinkle crumbs over the sliced squash and then add a layer of cheese. Continue layering---I had 3 layers---ending with cheese on top. Bake at 350 degrees for approximately 45 minutes.

  Note: Use only fresh uncooked squash for this recipe.

 

 

 

GO TO PAGE 2 >

The Chatham News / The Chatham Record

is Published Every Thursday by The Chatham News Publishing Co, Inc at 303 West Raleigh Street, Siler City, NC 27344, (919)663-3232

Alan D. Resch Editor-Publisher


©2001-2010 The Chatham News Publishing Company, Inc.
By using this site, you agree to the terms of the USER AGREEMENT All material found on www.thechathamnews.com is copyrighted The Chatham News Publishing Company Co, Inc. and associated news services. No material may be reproduced or reused without explicit permission from The Chatham News Publishing Company, Siler City, North Carolina.